AERT 10-K
Aeries Technology, Inc. (AERT)
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
(MARK ONE)
For the fiscal year ended
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number:
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
| (Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
(
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
N/A
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ ☒
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
| ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ||
| Emerging growth company |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐
As of September 30, 2024, the last business
day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s
ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $
As of July 1, 2025, there were Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value and 1 Class V ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, issued and outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Information contained in this report concerning the market and the industry in which Aeries competes, including its market position, general expectations of market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various third-party sources, on assumptions made by Aeries based on such sources and Aeries’ knowledge of the markets for its services and solutions. Any estimates provided herein involve numerous assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. Third-party sources generally state that the information contained in such source has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable but that there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. The industry in which Aeries operates is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk. As a result, the estimates and market and industry information provided in this report are subject to change based on various factors, including those described in the sections entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are responsible for the information provided in this report.
TRADEMARKS
This document contains references to trademarks, trade names and service marks belonging to us or other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this report may appear without the® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
ii
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this report may constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Such statements are based on expectations as to the future and are not statements of historical fact.
The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and the timing of events to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
| ● | our ability to continue as a going concern; |
| ● | our market opportunity; |
| ● | our ability to maintain the listing of the Class A ordinary shares and the warrants on the Nasdaq Stock Market, and the potential liquidity and trading of such securities; | |
| ● | our business development efforts to maximize our potential value and to retain and expand our client base; | |
| ● | our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; | |
| ● | our financial performance; | |
| ● | the sufficiency of our existing cash and cash equivalents to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements; | |
| ● | our success in retaining or recruiting officers, key employees or directors, or any necessary changes to these positions; | |
| ● | changes in applicable laws or regulations in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business; | |
| ● | our ability to develop and maintain effective internal controls; | |
| ● |
risks related to cybersecurity and data privacy; | |
| ● |
risks related to the use of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and other emerging technologies, including their integration into our operations and potential regulatory, ethical, and reputational impacts; | |
| ● | risks related to current or future litigation, regulatory inquiries, or governmental investigations; |
| ● | general economic and political conditions, such as the effects of the Russia-Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas conflicts, pandemics such as the COVID-19 outbreak, recessions, interest rates, inflation, local and national elections, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, political instability, acts of war or terrorism and natural disasters; and | |
| ● | other factors discussed in this report and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Some of these risks and uncertainties may be amplified in the future and there may be additional risks that we currently consider immaterial, or which are unknown. It is not possible to predict or identify all such risks. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by applicable law. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made.
iii
PART 1
Item 1. Business
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Aeries Technology,” “Aeries” and “the Company” refer to the business and operations of Aark Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company limited by shares (“AARK”) and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination (as defined below)(excluding the associated legacy financial technology and investing business activities) and to Aeries Technology, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, following the consummation of the Business Combination.
Overview
Aeries Technology is a global provider of professional and technology consulting services, to portfolio companies of private equity firms and middle-market companies, specializing in the design, set-up and management of Global Capability Centers (“GCCs”) for our clients. Our offerings are designed to provide a mix of deep vertical specialty, functional expertise, and digital systems and solutions offering end-to-end coverage for the entire GCC lifecycle to scale, optimize and transform a client’s business operations. By leveraging artificial intelligence (“AI”), implementing process improvements, and recruiting talent in cost-effective geographies, we are positioned to deliver significant cost savings to our clients. With over a decade of experience, we are committed to delivering transformative business solutions that drive operational efficiency, innovation, and strategic growth, to positively impact value creation for our clients.
Our solutions are purpose-built to help our clients unlock business value—enhancing revenue growth through accelerated innovation and improved customer experience, while also driving operating efficiency through optimized cost structures and scalable delivery. Aeries-built GCCs serve as strategic platforms through which clients can adopt and embed the latest technologies, including AI, advanced analytics, and modern enterprise tools and practices. Clients maintain strategic oversight and operational control, with the flexibility to adapt GCC ownership structures as business needs evolve. Through our integrated model, Aeries enables organizations to move faster, serve customers better, and build long-term enterprise value.
We support and drive our clients’ global growth by providing a range of services, including professional advisory services and operations management services, to build and manage GCCs in suitable and cost-effective locations based on client business needs. With a focus towards digital enterprise enablement, these GCCs are designed to act as seamless extensions of the client organization, providing access to top-tier resources. We believe this empowers our clients to remain competitive and nimble and to achieve their goals of enduring cost efficiencies, operational excellence, and value creation, without sacrificing functional control and flexibility.
Our advisory services involve the active participation of senior leadership, recommending strategies and best practices related to operating model design, consultation on various areas, market availability for resources with appropriate skillsets required for specific roles contemplated in the service model, regulatory compliance, optimization of tax structure, and more. Our clients can customize the services based on options we provide, and we subsequently firm up the execution plan with the clients.
A key aspect of our service is our focus on digital transformation. We aim to leverage cutting-edge technologies, including AI, to drive innovation and streamline operations. Our technology services are designed to enhance decision-making, automate processes, and deliver significant business value. We believe this approach through GCC set-up improves operational efficiencies, enabling us to deliver digital transformation services that align with our clients’ growth strategies and support their competitiveness in an evolving digital landscape.
1
Our clients also use our services to manage their organizational operations, including application engineering, information technology, data analytics, cybersecurity, finance, human resources, customer service and operations. We hire appropriate talent and personnel on our payroll for deployment on client operations. We work with our clients collaboratively to select the appropriate candidates and create functional alignment with the clients’ organizations. While our talent becomes an extension of our clients’ team, Aeries continues to provide them with the opportunity for promotion, recognition and career path progression, which we believe results in higher employee satisfaction and lower voluntary attrition rates. We manage the regulatory, tax, recruiting, human resources compliance and branding for each of our GCCs.
Our business model aims to create a more flexible and cost-effective talent pool for deployment on clients’ operations, while fostering innovation through strategic alignment at senior levels and visibility across the organization. The model also aims to insulate our clients from regulatory and tax issues and provides flexibility in scaling teams up or down based on their changing business needs. We are committed to delivering best practices and success factors by leveraging our visibility into successful strategies from multiple companies, addressing many of the deficiencies associated with the traditional outsourcing and offshoring models.
Our History
In today’s rapidly changing landscape, technology and digital solutions have seen a shift from a traditional outsourcing model to a more strategic, value-based services model, pursuing management solutions designed to support business growth, customer success, access to new technologies and practices, and operational efficiencies.
Aeries has been developing innovative solutions in this shifting marketplace since its inception 13 years ago. We have catered successfully to the private equity market’s most exacting and stringent needs for speed of execution and optimal value-creation solutions, building up a private equity-backed company client base whose transformation we have supported.
Aeries’ GCC approach represents a differentiated model in the market, and as early pioneers in this space, we’ve helped shape how agile, transformation-ready GCCs are built and scaled. It is from these experiences of implementing a wide gamut of mission critical solutions that we have evolved a comprehensive and modular GCC offering. Designed to eliminate the deficiencies of the traditional models of vendor-outsourcing and fully owned offshored subsidiaries, our approach delivers a clear and differentiated offering with the potential to disrupt the global outsourcing and offshoring industry through flexible ownership models, full lifecycle support, adoption of new technologies and best practices, and deep operational alignment.
The Outsourcing and Offshoring Industry and Our Addressable Market
The outsourcing and offshoring industry has been evolving with an enhanced focus on digital transformation, and the emphasis has shifted from reducing costs and resource optimization to accessing niche technologies and specialized resources and improving velocity for time to market.
The markets we currently operate in are North America and Asia Pacific, but our primary focus is North America, especially the private equity ecosystem and the mid-market enterprises.
Client organizations seek to capitalize on movement towards digitization through leveraging capabilities around cost-reduction, service automation, efficient work channels coupled with engagement models that are geared towards enabling them to meet current challenges of competition, short business cycles and quicker execution of strategy. Executives of organizations use Aeries’ professional and management services for short-term, medium-term, and long-term strategies, and for both organic growth and inorganic events in the company lifecycle. Some of the outcomes that Aeries brings about are:
| 1. | Cost savings and reductions; |
2
| 2. | Operational efficiencies and effectiveness; | |
| 3. | Talent access and retention; | |
| 4. | Domain expertise for specialized GCC; and | |
| 5. |
AI and digital ready capabilities. |
Companies are looking for vendors who not only have the experience and expertise in providing the right-sized solution in this age of ever shortening business cycles but also serve as a trusted partner with a transparent engagement model to handhold them through their digital transformation journey. Aeries’ model is designed to deliver this experience, expertise and transparent engagement approach to accelerate and enhance our clients’ business.
The Advantages of Aeries’ GCC model
We believe GCCs provide an innovative and flexible model for organizations to manage their talent, technology, and operations delivery requirements. We leverage strategic recommendations from senior leadership, market availability trends for required skillsets, and appropriate near-shore or offshore locations to offer outsourcing services. With a customized approach, and industry and function-targeted solutions, our clients may experience benefits such as significant cost savings, improved efficiencies in processes, greater compliance, ownership, and accountability, enhanced organizational agility and momentum to adapt to changes, scalability, and innovation.
Our model is differentiated from traditional outsourcing and offshoring platforms in the following ways:
| 1. | Significantly Lower Costs of Operations: Our scale of operations allows us to operate more economically than a native US-based model. The pricing model is simple, transparent, and aims to be cost-efficient. Aeries charges a margin on direct cost such as employee-related costs and passes on all indirect costs such as rent and utilities to the client. While our goal is to provide a minimum of 40% cost savings transition from high-cost geographies as part of our contractual terms, some of our clients have experienced over 60% cost savings. | |
| 2. | Transparency and Visibility: Our model has a built-in approval system structured for client oversight, enabling continuous cost tracking and cost control. The client has direct visibility of the team structure as well as the employees within each function and can collaborate with the site head on Aeries’ side for service quality and delivery levels. | |
| 3. | Functional Control: Our teams operate as an extension of our clients’ organizational chart, with functional control over operations and dedicated delivery resources by client department heads. This type of engagement model provides our clients with functional control of the processes while avoiding the administrative and regulatory overhead. The Aeries team engages with the client’s leadership in a partnership approach to align all functions and resources specific to the client’s requirements to build the operations as “One Team.” | |
| 4. | Flexibility: Our model is built to adapt to client needs and can scale up or down quickly based on clients’ business situation and objectives, without financial penalty. Clients may choose from two ownership structures—either a model where Aeries sets up and operates the GCC with the option for future transfer, similar to the traditional BOT (Build-Operate-Transfer) model, or a fully client-owned model from day one, called the Subsidiary model. The transfer options enables clients the ease of taking over mature, fully operational centers at a time of their choosing, thus avoiding the initial hassles of setting up their own captive unit. The transfer also creates a monetization opportunity for us if clients decide to bring their offshored services in-house. |
3
| 5. | Engagement and Governance Framework: The Aeries engagement framework facilitates a quick transition and ramp-up time for our clients’ business operations. We provide high-quality supervision, administrative and operations support, functional upskilling in local geography together with strategic inputs relevant to client business through the Aeries engagement framework. We also have employees working in senior positions in a client’s organization on an interim basis when required. This helps fill in important positions when needed, especially during carveout or acquisition transactions, when Aeries senior management can step in and provide valuable expertise and directional advisory services. Aeries senior management interacts closely with client senior management on strategic matters including organic and inorganic growth, and business expansion opportunities. | |
| 6. |
Operational Excellence: Aeries’ Operational Excellence team, comprising functional experts and advisors, works with clients’ functional teams in a consultant mode to develop relevant and effective process improvements, tailored solutions, and benchmarking best practices. This cumulative expertise enables Aeries to provide a focused and result-oriented assessment, recommendation and implementation of technology enabled solutions, process and workflow improvements. These efforts can help clients transition smoothly into a lean and efficient organizational model. | |
| 7. | Technology: Our technology teams evaluate opportunities for refining process workflows, automating and identifying areas to incorporate new-age technology tools including AI Agents, Robotics Process Automation (“RPA”), Intelligent Document Processing (“IDP”), AI and Data Analytics. These teams act as a layer over our core operations management services and provide business process re-engineering and technology enabled transformations. | |
| 8. | Compliance: By virtue of the design of our GCC, Aeries is accountable and responsible for paying taxes, managing regulatory compliance and associated risks related to assessment and scrutiny, which aims to eliminate compliance-related hassles for clients. Some countries have strict guidelines on the right price to charge for inter-company services (transfer pricing), which can at times lead to prolonged litigation. Our model is structured to address this challenge through an arm’s length client-vendor arrangement. |
Our Growth Strategies
We intend to accelerate our growth based on the following multi-pronged approach:
| 1. | Deepen and expand relationships with private equity: We intend to rapidly extend our efforts in the private equity (“PE”) ecosystem, which is highly demanding. We plan to continue to build on our success in the PE community by expanding our network, improving our marketing coordination and targeting, and by supplementing our team with individuals that have a background in the industry. | |
| 2. | Accelerate cross selling: We intend to focus more significantly on identifying opportunities to bring additional solutions to existing customers including: AI, Robotic Process Automation, business intelligence and deep analytics, blockchain, cloud migration, business strategic inputs and customized software. We aim to maintain our high levels of customer service and experience across functions, by offering excellent service delivery and top talent. | |
| 3. | Enter and aggressively expand into the mid-market enterprise segment: We intend to accelerate our mid-market enterprise growth by identifying and targeting opportunities, as well as supplementing our sales efforts with additional resources. We intend for these resources to operate out of the United States and that they will bring relationships and experience selling into mid-market enterprises. |
4
| 4. | New Technology and Innovation: We intend to accelerate the integration of emerging technologies and best practices into our solutions, to develop new platforms and to augment this with tech-based services to expand our depth of services and capabilities | |
| 5. | Grow with aligned partners and alliances: We intend to build alliances with other global product and services companies that have relationships with and serve private equity portfolio companies and middle-market companies. | |
| 6. | Grow Inorganically: In addition to our organic growth plan, we will continue to systematically look for merger or acquisition candidates that could enhance our service areas and broaden our geographical reach. |
Services and Solutions We Offer
Aeries Technology provides a comprehensive suite of services that help clients scale, transform, and operate global delivery teams through purpose-designed GCCs. Our model combines strategic consulting, functional operations, and AI-powered transformation — enabling clients to gain operational control, reduce costs, and accelerate digital maturity.
Global Capability Centers (GCCs)
Aeries designs, builds, and operates GCCs that function as seamless, high-impact extensions of our clients’ organizations. Our GCC model offers clients greater operational control, faster access to skilled global talent, significant cost savings, and the ability to scale flexibly based on strategic priorities.
We offer a comprehensive, modular approach to GCC services through three distinct offerings:
| ● | GCC Set-Up & Operation |
We provide end-to-end turnkey solutions for clients looking to launch new GCCs in cost-effective, talent-rich global locations. Our services include:
| ● | Location strategy and site selection |
| ● | Talent acquisition, workforce planning, and ramp-up |
| ● | Employee Value Proposition (EVP) and employer branding |
| ● | Operating model and governance design |
| ● | Facilities, workspace, and infrastructure enablement |
| ● | Alignment with client systems, culture, and business goals |
| ● | Regulatory compliance and local entity structuring |
We offer two flexible ownership models:
| ● | Aeries Owned & Operated: Aeries sets up and runs the GCC with full transparency; includes an optional Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) model for future client ownership |
| ● | Client-Owned Entity: Aeries supports set-up and operations while the client retains full legal ownership from the start |
5
Both models prioritize 100% client alignment and visibility.
| ● | GCC Optimization Modules |
For clients with existing GCCs, we offer modular transformation solutions designed to optimize underperforming functions or expand capability:
| ● | Takeover and enhancement of specific underperforming functions |
| ● | Build new functions or Centers of Excellence within existing GCCs |
| ● | Cross-functional enhancements across Finance, HR, Tech, and more |
| ● | Process improvement and operational excellence programs |
| ● | Setup of shared services or Global Business Services (e.g., HR, Recruitment) |
| ● | Talent augmentation and rebadging services |
Engagement is enabled through flexible commercial models including:
| ● | Time & Materials |
| ● | Outcome-Based Pricing |
With clear metrics and accountability embedded in each engagement
| ● | GCC Advisory & Consulting |
We offer full-lifecycle strategy, design, and optional execution support for organizations exploring or evolving their GCC journeys:
| ● | Business case creation and feasibility analysis |
| ● | Entity setup, legal structuring, and compliance navigation |
| ● | Operating model design and governance framework |
| ● | Workforce planning and talent acquisition strategy |
| ● | Technology stack and automation roadmap |
| ● | Change management and stakeholder alignment |
| ● | Program management and execution oversight |
| ● | AI readiness assessments and digital transformation planning |
Advisory services are delivered through fixed-fee strategic engagements with the option for Aeries to execute the implementation phase under flexible terms.
6
Business Function Expertise
Aeries provides expert-led consulting and managed services to streamline and elevate core business functions. Our GCCs enable clients to scale high-performing remote teams across critical business functions, delivering outcomes-driven execution, strategic advisory, and built-in scalability.
Our key service areas include:
| ● | Technology: Deploying advanced technology strategies to streamline operations and boost efficiency. |
| ● | Finance & Accounting: Revolutionizing finance functions with automation, compliance, and strategic financial planning to deliver enhanced financial insight and control. |
| ● | Business Applications: Integrating robust business applications to streamline processes and enhance organizational responsiveness. |
| ● | IT Infrastructure: Building and managing robust IT infrastructures that support scalable growth and technological advancement. |
| ● | Customer Service Delivery: Ensuring superior service delivery through optimized processes and continuous improvement frameworks. |
| ● | Cybersecurity: Protecting assets and operations from cyber threats with comprehensive security strategies tailored to specific business risks. |
By leveraging AI-driven automation, Aeries provides access to better talent, accelerates execution, and delivers significant cost savings. The result is higher-quality output, faster turnaround, and a 50%+ cost advantage over onshore teams.
AI -Powered Transformation
Aeries empowers clients to accelerate their digital journeys through AI-first transformation strategies that drive innovation, enhance operational agility, and reduce costs. Our suite of AI solutions is embedded within GCCs engagement models, to deliver business outcomes at speed and scale, transparently.
We offer an integrated approach combining AI, automation, and data intelligence to optimize enterprise functions and unlock measurable value.
We help clients unlock tangible business value through:
| ■ | AI Strategy and Advisory: Comprehensive consulting support to identify high-impact use cases, assess AI readiness, and define implementation roadmaps tailored to the client’s business objectives. |
| ■ | Intelligent Automation: Deployment of RPA, IDP, and workflow automation to eliminate manual tasks, accelerate operations, and reduce costs. |
| ■ | Predictive Analytics and Machine Learning: Building and training models that uncover data patterns, forecast business outcomes, and enhance decision-making across functions like finance, operations, and customer experience. |
| ■ | Process Optimization and AI Integration: Reengineering of workflows and embedding of AI to drive straight-through processing, improve accuracy, and shorten turnaround times across enterprise systems. |
| ■ | Change Management and Execution Support: End-to-end assistance in deploying AI solutions—including change management, stakeholder alignment, and training—to ensure adoption and scale. |
Our AI-powered transformation services are designed to be modular and flexible, enabling clients to achieve faster time-to-value, lower operational overhead, and scalable digital maturity with minimal disruption.
7
Our Clients
As of March 31, 2025, we had more than 30 clients spanning across industry segments, including e-commerce, telecom, security, healthcare, engineering and others. Our top five clients accounted for 57% and 50% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, respectively. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, we had two clients, each contributing more than 10% of our revenue, which were 14% and 12% respectively. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we had two clients, each contributing more than 10% of our revenue, which were 21% and 12% respectively.
Sales and Marketing
At Aeries, our sales and marketing efforts are structured to drive growth and deliver innovative solutions to our clients across various industries and geographies. Our approach includes forming strategic partnerships and alliances with private equity firms and their portfolio companies.
Our business development efforts are targeted towards private equity firms and their portfolio companies. Our business development is supported by an account management team, who are responsible for engaging clients from the early stages and revenue optimization. Both teams are well supported by the business unit heads and vertical heads, equipping them with the necessary resources, reporting and knowledge to effectively address our clients’ needs.
In marketing, we employ a digital-first strategy aimed at identifying and accelerating opportunities through the sales pipeline. We position Aeries as a thought leader and trusted partner mainly within Private Equity space, committed to helping our clients navigate their digital transformation journeys. Our marketing efforts focus on enhancing brand visibility, creating demand for our solutions, and establishing Aeries as a leader in delivering technology-driven business outcomes.
Our integrated sales and marketing strategy aims to leverage global expertise tailored to local markets, striving to meet the unique needs of every client. By combining our deep industry knowledge with innovative digital solutions, we work to help our clients achieve their strategic goals and drive business success.
Competition
Aeries operates in a highly competitive industry, facing significant competition from both global and regional professional services and consulting firms. Our primary competitors include mid-sized specialized and large full-service firms that focus on niche markets or specific service offerings. These competitors often emphasize specialized vertical knowledge and close client relationships, which allow them to compete effectively for targeted opportunities within the private equity portfolio firms and mid-segment enterprise markets.
We seek to differentiate ourselves through our approach to building and managing GCCs, our deep understanding of PE portfolio companies and mid-segment enterprises, and our commitment to leveraging advanced technologies, including AI and other digital transformation solutions.
8
One Team
Overview
As of March 31, 2025 Aeries had approximately 1,400 full-time employees. We also engage temporary staff, including contractors and consultants, to supplement our staffing resources from time to time as needed. Our total full-time non-corporate, non-executive employee count is subject to substantial fluctuation, as we frequently assign employees to work for our clients pursuant to our client contracts and may provide our clients with the option of hiring such employees directly from us for a one-time cash payment. As an example, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, 303 non-corporate, non-executive employees who had been employed by one of our largest customers had their employment transferred to such employer for a one-time payment to us of $3.0 million.
In addition to having client dedicated resources, Aeries has non-client dedicated employees who are domain and functional experts, providing specialized services to clients as needed. These domain experts, such as HR, Talent Acquisition, Project Management Office, Admin, IT, Finance and Compliance and Marketing professionals provide valuable advice and best practices that can help a business stay ahead of the competition, and provide efficiencies. These employees play an instrumental role in evaluating our clients’ organizations and functions to arrive at the most effective recommendations for cost efficiency, leading to improved operational effectiveness and technology upgrades. These employees are an invaluable asset to Aeries, as their insights and expertise can be used to create strategies for success. We have consistently invested in these non-client dedicated resources to ensure that Aeries is well-equipped to handle any requirements and can provide any specialized high-end consultancy and advisory services that our clients may need.
Furthermore, we strongly believe that culture plays a vital role in employees having a sense of belonging, and we work to ensure that the human resources hired for client teams under our GCC model act as a natural extension of their brands. We believe this approach gives us an advantage in the recruitment of highly engaged teammates who produce better results. We are dedicated to fostering a One Team culture by closely understanding and integrating our clients’ human resources practices and company culture, to ensure our employees build active affinity towards and recognition of the client brand and corporate culture. Integrated human resources engagements, coordinated with clients’ human resources, enable our employees to grow in their respective career paths, facilitating the emergence of leaders and ensuring the retention of key talent. We believe this approach yields better synergies and collaboration in delivery and engagement, and has helped us achieve customer-satisfaction rate of over 90% based on our customer surveys, and voluntary attrition rates of less than 11%.
Culture and Branding Initiatives
We have implemented culture and branding initiatives including:
| ● | client logo prominently displayed in the offices; | |
| ● | office and workstation set-up, furniture and stationery as per client brand guidelines and colors; | |
| ● | client human resources policies aligned with Aeries’ policies that apply to employees; and | |
| ● | fun at work sessions, celebrations, rewards and recognitions, which are completely aligned with the client. |
We believe these culture and branding initiatives ensure alignment with client culture and facilitate the establishment of strong working relationships. In addition, the work hours of dedicated client resources are aligned with the client requirements in different geographies and can provide 24/7/365 days operations, using both shift-based and the “follow-the-sun model”. Aeries’ client-dedicated resources are flexible to adapt and cater to diverse cultural sensitivities aligned to the geographies they work with. The relationships are also strengthened by resources traveling to the client location and client teams traveling to their centers in Aeries’ offices.
9
Attracting and Retaining Talent
The Aeries GCC model is designed to safeguard quality and availability of talent with desired skillsets to provide our clients with the right-fit talent for their business. We employ diversified sourcing channels to acquire the right skillset, with the client team’s active involvement to match the organization’s needs. Aeries has a strong in-house recruitment team and is well connected with leading recruitment agencies, facilitating the quick sourcing of talent. Aeries also sources through employee referrals and job portals. Aeries follows an effective and efficient screening process to narrow down candidates within tight timelines, which includes client feedback.
The extensive human resources benefits that we offer to our employees, coupled with the One Team culture we cultivate by closely understanding and integrating clients’ human resource practices and company culture, can promote active affinity and recognition among employees towards the client brand and corporate culture. We believe this approach yields better synergies and collaboration in delivery and promotes employee satisfaction and retention.
Our Commitment to ESG
Aeries is committed to a holistic approach to sustainability that covers managing risks and opportunities towards Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) parameters. We strive to build a comprehensive framework that goes beyond maximizing profits, and includes key elements around environmental and social impact, as well as how governance structures can be refined to maximize stakeholder well-being. For example, Aeries has adopted environmental, social and governance guidelines which are applicable to our employees, clients, key stakeholders and third-party service providers to the extent possible. The guidelines, as they apply to our operations and all the services in consideration or offered by us, require us to consider the wellbeing and development of our employees in recruitment, retention and development, privacy and security of our clients, managing and influencing the ESG issues in our supply chain, minimizing the environmental impact of our services especially with respect to energy management and water waste management and paper use, and systemic risk management. In addition, Aeries supports local events and charities through financial support and contribution of staff’s time as part of our community commitment. We also engage in constructive and continuing stakeholder communications to help us better understand those stakeholders’ ESG commitments and strategies so that we can work collaboratively to achieve and improve our ESG commitments in specific operational aspects such as sustainability policy towards client dedicated facilities, IT procurement and other operations.
Environmental
Aeries considers the protection of natural resources and reduction of carbon footprint as its responsibility, as we conduct our business operations in a sustainable manner. Aeries implements ESG policies to save resources and energy, hence reducing waste, and controlling pollution.
Social
Striving for positive social change has always been at the heart of Aeries’ purpose, culture, and work. In this effort, we focus particularly on promoting a positive impact for underrepresented individuals. As a part of giving back to the society, Aeries supports the non-governmental organization (“NGO”), Masoom based in Mumbai. This NGO aids night school students to achieve their full potential through educational and policy support leading to better skills and job opportunities. Aeries has supported this NGO in varying capacities including monetary donation, and donation of books and study material to students at the night schools.
10
Governance
At Aeries, creating a robust governance structure and oversight is in our DNA driven by our GCC model and the close partnership that we cultivate with our clients. Our code of conduct and core values govern our way of working and help us achieve our vision and goals in accordance with corporate governance practices. Our core values are reviewed periodically to ensure they resonate with the organization’s DNA, our most recently unveiled core values include: Collaboration, Accountability, Transparency, Integrity, Innovation and Customer Centricity.
At Aeries, we encourage transparency and encourage employees to bring to notice any violations of the code of conduct. With an open, non-hierarchical culture, we foster an environment where appropriate governance practices are upheld to ensure work ethic, in conjunction with our existing legal or statutory provisions for any wrongdoings. We also have a rigorous cybersecurity framework to protect the information assets of clients and the company from cyberattacks and handle personal information properly and protect the human rights of stakeholders. We are ISO 27001:2022 certified and compliant to SOC 2 Type 2 certification.
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors, and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed or otherwise made available by us will be kept confidential.
We customarily enter into non-disclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software or systems we develop for them. Furthermore, we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable, and non-revocable license to our clients to use our pre-existing intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary to use the software or systems we developed for them.
We have invested in research and development, to enhance our domain knowledge and create effective, specialized solutions for our clients. We have developed certain tools, including consulting frameworks and software applications, which we use to deliver digital services to our clients. Some of these tools are still in development. The ideas are currently protected as our confidential information and trade secrets, and we plan to seek appropriate intellectual property protection once development is completed. Our documents or e-books that relate to procedures, products, and strategies, which are used both internally as well as to value add for our clients, bear a “©” symbol indicating copyright ownership. We hold a registered trademark “ATG AERIES,” which is registered in India and valid until August 2028.
Government Regulations
We are subject to a wide range of federal, state, and foreign legal requirements, including those related to data privacy and protection, employment and labor relations, immigration, taxation, anticorruption, import/export controls, trade restrictions, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation, and anti-competition. For example, as a group operating through subsidiaries in multiple jurisdictions, we are subject to foreign exchange control, transfer pricing, and custom laws that regulate the flow of funds between Aeries and its subsidiaries. We are also required to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other countries’ anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.
Violations of one or more of these diverse legal requirements in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines, other damages, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business, and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations or contractual obligations related to regulatory compliance in connection with the performance of customer contracts could also result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines, criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to compete for certain work, and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations.
11
Corporate History, the Business Combination, and the Exchange of Shares
Aeries Technology, Inc. (formerly known as Worldwide Webb Acquisition Corp. or “WWAC”) was originally incorporated on March 5, 2021 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. On October 22, 2021, WWAC consummated an initial public offering (the “IPO”), after which its securities began trading on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”).
On November 6, 2023 (the “Closing Date”), AARK consummated the previously announced business combination pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2023 (as amended, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among WWAC, WWAC Amalgamation Sub Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company limited by shares and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WWAC (“Amalgamation Sub”), and AARK. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, Amalgamation Sub and AARK amalgamated and continued as one company, with AARK being the surviving entity, and as a result thereof, Aeries Technology Group Business Accelerators Pvt. Ltd., an Indian private company limited by shares (“ATG” or “ATGBA”) became an indirect subsidiary of WWAC (the “Amalgamation” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, the “Business Combination”).
In connection with the Business Combination, we changed our name from Worldwide Webb Acquisition Corp. to Aeries Technology, Inc. Following the Closing Date, we changed the trading symbols for its Class A ordinary shares and warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq from “WWAC” and “WWACW” to “AERT” and “AERTW.”
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, all AARK ordinary shares that were issued and outstanding prior to the closing of the Business Combination remained issued and outstanding following the closing and continued to be held by the sole shareholder of AARK, Mr. Raman Kumar. Additionally, in connection with the Business Combination, Aeries issued a Class V ordinary share to NewGen Advisors and Consultants DWC-LLC (the “Class V Shareholder”), a business associate of Mr. Kumar. The Class V ordinary share had voting rights equal to (1) 26.0% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a single class (subject to a proportionate reduction in voting power in connection with the exchange by Mr. Kumar of AARK ordinary shares for Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement described below) and (2) in certain circumstances as described below, 51.0% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a class; provided, however, that any such proportionate reduction under (1) would not affect the voting rights of the Class V ordinary share in the event of (i) a threatened or actual hostile change of control and/or (ii) the appointment and removal of a director on the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) (such events, “Extraordinary Events”).
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, all of the shares of the Amalgamation Sub that were issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination were converted into a number of newly issued AARK ordinary shares following the closing. The closing of the Business Combination resulted in Aeries owning 38.24% of the economic interests of AARK and Mr. Kumar and the Other ATG Shareholders (defined below) owning the balance of 61.76%. Pursuant to the Business Combination, Aeries has a right to appoint two out of the three directors on the board of directors of AARK and therefore has an ability to control the activities undertaken by AARK in ordinary course of business, resulting in AARK being classified as a subsidiary of Aeries following the closing of the Business Combination. In accordance with principles of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) and based on the economic interest held by the shareholders post the Business Combination as well as the underlying rights, it was assessed that AARK was the accounting acquirer and WWAC was the accounting acquiree. The Business Combination has been accounted for as reverse recapitalization.
12
On the Closing Date, Aeries entered into exchange agreements with Mr. Kumar and the shareholders of ATG other than AARK (the “Other ATG Shareholders”), respectively (collectively, the “Exchange Agreements”). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, prior to April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, each holder of AARK ordinary shares and ATG ordinary shares may exchange up to 20% of the number of AARK ordinary shares and ATG ordinary shares, as applicable, held by such holder for Class A ordinary shares or cash, in each case as provided in the Exchange Agreements. From and after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, Aeries has the right to acquire all of the AARK or ATG ordinary share for Class A ordinary shares or cash. In addition, after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise condition, each shareholder of AARK and ATG ordinary shares has the right to require Aeries to provide Class A ordinary shares or cash in exchange for up to all of the AARK or ATG ordinary shares. Each share of AARK may be exchanged for 2,246 Class A ordinary shares and each ATG ordinary share may be exchanged for 14.40 Class A ordinary shares, in each case subject to certain adjustments (collectively, the “Exchanged Shares”). The Exchange Agreements are conditioned on satisfaction of certain conditions and regulatory approvals, including from the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”), as applicable. The cash exchange payment may only be elected in the event approval from RBI is not obtained for exchange of shares and provided that Aeries has reasonable cash flow to be able to pay the cash exchange payment and such payment would not be prohibited by any then outstanding debt agreements or arrangements of Aeries.
On March 26, 2024, Aeries determined that the exchange conditions in the Exchange Agreements with respect to Mr. Kumar and one of the Other ATG Shareholders, Bhisham Khare, had been satisfied. On April 5, 2024, Mr. Kumar exchanged an aggregate amount of 9,500 AARK ordinary shares for 21,337,000 Exchanged Shares. Following this exchange by Mr. Kumar, an aggregate of 10,566,347 Exchanged Shares remain to be issued upon exchanges pursuant to both the Exchange Agreements, including 7,740,979 Exchanged Shares for which the exchange conditions have not yet been met. Immediately following this exchange, Mr. Kumar’s beneficial ownership percentage of Class A ordinary shares remained at 73.8%, while his voting power increased to 72.0% of all votes attached to the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the Class V ordinary share, subject to the special voting rights of the Class V ordinary share regarding the Extraordinary Events. As a result of and immediately following this exchange, and in accordance with our memorandum and articles of association, the number of votes represented by the sole Class V ordinary share was reduced from 26.0% to 1.3% of all votes attached to the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the Class V ordinary share; however, this reduction will not affect the voting rights of the Class V ordinary share in the event of the Extraordinary Events.
Following the exchange by Mr. Kumar on April 5, 2024, Aeries’ economic interest in AARK increased from 38.24% to 96.91%, while Mr. Kumar retained 3.09% of the economic interests in AARK.
Our Status as a Cayman Islands Exempted Company and as a Public Company
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Act”). As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.
13
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO in October 2021, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company as long as (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million as of the end of a year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues are less than $100 million during a completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 60 Paya Lebar Road, #08-13, Paya Lebar Square, Singapore, and our telephone number at that location is 65 98416625. Our website address is https://aeriestechnology.com/. Information contained on our website is not a part of this report, and the inclusion of our website address in this report is an inactive textual reference only.
14
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Summary Risk Factors
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this report before making a decision to purchase our securities. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this risk factors summary. The risks and uncertainties described below address the most material risks of which we are currently aware but are not the only ones we face. Therefore, the following risk factors should not be considered a complete list of potential risks that we may face. These risks include, among others, the following:
Risks Related to Our Industry and Business
| ● |
We have identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern including obligations under the Forward Purchase Agreements and the termination of a significant customer contract; | |
| ● | We operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects; | |
| ● | We face intense competition and the failure to stand out could adversely affect our business; | |
| ● | We may not be able to successfully execute our business strategies; | |
| ● | We may be unable to achieve anticipated growth or effectively manage our growth; | |
| ● | Our business depends on a strong brand, client relationships and corporate reputation, the impairment of which could harm our business; | |
| ● |
Our business is heavily dependent upon our international operations, particularly in India and Mexico, and any disruptions to those operations, such as the current tensions between India and Pakistan, could adversely affect us; | |
| ● |
We are subject to foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations; | |
| ● | We may face difficulties as we expand our operations into countries in which we have no prior operating experience; | |
| ● |
We may acquire other companies, which could divert resources necessary to sustain our business and may not yield the anticipated benefits; | |
| ● |
Our management team has limited experience managing a public company; | |
| ● | Failure to attract, hire, train, and retain key management and a sufficient number of skilled employees could adversely impact our business; | |
| ● |
We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business or enhance our service offerings; | |
| ● | We may be required to make a cash payment of approximately $5 million or issue certain additional Class A ordinary shares to the investors with whom we entered into Forward Purchase Agreements in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, which would reduce the amount of cash available to us to fund our operations or dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors; |
15
| ● | We have significant fixed costs related to lease facilities and our inability to renew our leases on commercially acceptable terms may adversely affect us; |
| ● | The loss of a key client could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations; |
| ● | Although we have executed auto-renewal contracts with our clients, they have the right to terminate such contracts, potentially leading to significant revenue loss that may not be easily replaced, and our client contracts may contain restrictive provisions that limit our operational flexibility; |
| ● | We have and may continue to experience a long selling and implementation cycle; |
| ● | Pricing pressure may reduce our revenue or gross profits and adversely affect our financial results; | |
| ● | Our cash flows and results of operations have been and may continue to be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients, particularly in the Middle East and Asia Pacific region; | |
| ● |
Global economic and political conditions, natural events, health pandemics or epidemics and other acts of violence involving any of the countries in which we or our clients have operations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects; | |
| ● | We are subject to a variety of risks related to climate change; | |
| ● |
Our operations in emerging markets subject us to greater economic, financial, and banking risks than we would face in more developed markets; |
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Technology Solutions, Software Usage and Cyber Security
| ● | If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive; | |
| ● | Artificial intelligence and generative artificial intelligence applications present risks and challenges that can impact our business; | |
| ● | Our business relies heavily on owned and third-party technology and computer systems, which subjects us to various uncertainties; | |
| ● | If we fail to adequately protect our or our client’s intellectual property rights and proprietary information in the United States and abroad, our competitive position could be impaired; |
Risks Related to Regulation, Legislation and Legal Proceedings
| ● |
Our global operations expose us to numerous legal and regulatory requirements and failure to comply with such requirements, including unexpected changes to such requirements, could adversely affect our results of operations; | |
| ● |
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited; | |
| ● | Our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the countries in which our clients operate; |
16
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities
| ● | We have not paid and may not pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future; |
| ● | There is a limited market for our Class A ordinary shares and the price of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants may be volatile or decline; |
| ● | You may face dilution and potential price depression of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants due to sales and issuances of Class A ordinary shares registered on Form S-1 (333-276173), and additional shares issued through our equity incentive plans, acquisitions, Forward Purchase Agreements, or other means: |
| ● | We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors; |
| ● | We identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and failure to remediate these weaknesses and maintain an effective system could adversely affect our financial reporting reliability, investor confidence, and the value of our Class A ordinary shares; |
| ● | We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our financial results; |
| ● | Certain founders and employees may have interests that conflict with other shareholders and they may sell their shares, or the market perception of such sale may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline; |
| ● | We are a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq listing standards, and as a result, its shareholders may not have certain corporate protections that are available to shareholders of companies that are not controlled companies; |
| ● | Our Class V Shareholder has the ability to significantly influence certain matters submitted to the stockholders for approval; | |
| ● |
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, and if we fail to maintain compliance with the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, our Class A ordinary shares could be delisted, negatively impacting their price, liquidity, and our ability to access the capital markets; | |
| ● | We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the share price of our securities. |
17
Risks Related to Our Industry and Business
We have identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, including obligations under the Forward Purchase Agreements and the termination of a significant customer contract.
In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations, management has identified conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had a cash balance of $2.8 million with a net operating cash outflow of $1.0 million for the year ended March 31, 2025. The Company reported a net loss of $21.6 million for this period. The shareholders’ equity as at March 31, 2025 also has a deficit of $6.1 million and the Company had a working capital deficit of $11.1 million as at March 31, 2025. These factors may raise a doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for at least 12 months from the date when these financial statements are available to be filed with the SEC.
A key factor contributing to this uncertainty is the Company’s obligation to settle its maturity liabilities under the FPAs (as defined below). The total amount payable under these agreements was $8 million, in exchange for the return of 4.0 million of our Class A ordinary shares, which may be settled either in cash or equity at the discretion of the investors. In the absence of a clear and actionable plan for addressing this liability, there is a risk that the Company may lack sufficient funds to meet this obligation, further jeopardizing our financial stability. On November 6, 2024, the Company and one of the FPA holders agreed to settle the Company’s FPA liability to this FPA holder in the amount of $0.6 million through the issuance of 57,811 additional shares. However, other FPA holders have not agreed to accept shares in lieu of a cash payment as of the filing of this annual report on Form 10-K, leaving a remaining potential cash liability of up to approximately $5.0 million that may further strain the Company’s financial condition and liquidity.
The Company’s financial condition is further impacted by a non-renewal notice received from a significant customer, expected to result in an annual revenue loss of approximately $11.5 million. While the customer’s non-renewal requires a one-time buyout payment to the Company of approximately $3.0 million, this amount alone may not fully offset the anticipated revenue impact.
Management’s plans to address these challenges include (i) raising additional funds through existing or new credit facilities, (ii) raising additional funds through equity issuances or equity-linked capital, (iii) restructuring current liabilities into equity or long-term obligations, and (iv) further reducing non-core expenses with a renewed focus on organic growth in the core geography we historically operate in, which is North America. There is no guarantee that these measures will be successful or that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms. Any future equity financing could significantly dilute existing shareholders’ ownership.
In view of these matters, continuation as a going concern is dependent upon our continued operations, which in turn is dependent upon our ability to meet our financial requirements and the success of our future operations. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to the amount or the classification of assets and liabilities that may be necessary should we not continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may be forced to liquidate our assets, potentially at less than their carrying value, which could result in a substantial or complete loss of investor capital. Future SEC filings may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, which could deter investors or other financing sources from providing funding on favorable terms, if at all.
18
We operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects.
The professional services and management consultancy industry is competitive and continuously evolving, subject to rapidly changing demands and constant technological developments. As a result, success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure in our industry. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company’s services, including ours, will be received in the market. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the technology services industry is indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, any forecasts of market growth we have made or may make in the future should not be taken as indicative of our future growth. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies and those we have achieved in the past, making an investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’ demand for our services declines as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
We face intense competition and the failure to stand out could adversely affect our business.
The market for professional services and management consultancy is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. Our primary competitors include mid-sized specialized and large full-service firms that focus on niche markets or specific service offerings. These competitors often emphasize specialized vertical knowledge and close client relationships, which allow them to compete effectively for targeted opportunities within the private equity portfolio firms and mid-segment enterprise markets. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to develop and promote their professional services and management consultancy offerings. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their services needs as opposed to relying on a third-party service providers, such as us. We expect our industry to undergo consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond faster to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share.
Our success largely depends on our ability to achieve our business strategies, and our results of operations and financial condition may suffer if we are unable to continually develop and successfully execute our strategies.
While we believe that our strategic plans reflect opportunities that are appropriate and achievable, the execution of our strategy may not result in long-term growth in revenue or profitability due to a number of factors, such as:
| ● | the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of projects in which we are engaged; | |
| ● | the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services; | |
| ● | the ability to further grow sales of services from existing clients; | |
| ● | the timing of collection of accounts receivable; and | |
| ● | general economic conditions. |
19
If we fail to continually develop and execute optimally on our business strategies, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. To manage the anticipated domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, our reporting systems and procedures, and our utilization of real estate. If we fail to successfully scale our operations and increase productivity, we may be unable to execute our business plan, and such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to achieve anticipated growth or effectively manage our growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources.
As we add new delivery sites, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth or successfully execute large and complex projects, which could materially adversely affect our revenue, results of operations, business and prospects. As our company grows, and we are required to add more employees and infrastructure to support our growth, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain our corporate culture. If we fail to maintain a culture that fosters career development, innovation, creativity and teamwork, we could experience difficulty in hiring and retaining the trained professionals. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain the trained professionals and our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be unable to maintain adequate resource utilization rates and productivity levels, which may adversely impact our profitability.
Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rates of our employees in our delivery locations. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our employees involved in delivery of our services, our profit margin and our profitability may suffer. Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to lose contracts or clients.
Our business depends on a strong brand, client relationships and corporate reputation and the impairment of the brand could adversely impact our business.
We believe that our brand name, client relationships and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings, members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false information or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. Damage to our reputation could reduce the value and effectiveness of our brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and adversely affect our operating results.
Our business is heavily dependent upon our international operations, particularly in India and Mexico, and any disruption to those operations, such as the current tensions between India and Pakistan, could adversely affect us.
Our business and future growth depend largely on continued demand for our services performed in India and Mexico. Various factors, such as changes in the central or state governments in these jurisdictions, could trigger significant changes in economic liberalization and deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic conditions in these jurisdictions generally and our business in particular. Our business and our international operations may also be affected by actual or threatened trade war or tariffs or other trade controls. If we are unable to continue to leverage the skills and experience of our international workforce, particularly in India and Mexico, we may be unable to provide our solutions at an attractive price and our business could be materially and negatively impacted.
20
A significant portion of our workforce and operational infrastructure is based in India. Ongoing geopolitical tensions between India and Pakistan pose a material risk to our business. Historical conflicts between the two nations have resulted in military engagements, border skirmishes, and heightened security concerns. An escalation of hostilities, including acts of terrorism, cross-border conflict, or broader military action, could significantly disrupt our operations. While we maintain business continuity plans, including geographically distributed teams, redundant infrastructure, and remote work capabilities, there can be no assurance that such measures will be sufficient in the event of a significant escalation. Any prolonged conflict in the region could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations, and our ability to mitigate our foreign exchange risk may be limited.
A majority of our revenues are in U.S. Dollars and our costs are primarily in local currencies, including Indian Rupee and Mexican Peso. An appreciation of these local currencies against the U.S. Dollar would cause a net adverse impact to our profitability. Because our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and revenues are primarily generated in U.S. dollars, any significant unhedged fluctuations in the currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of countries in which we incur costs in local currencies will affect our results of operations and financial statements. This may also affect the comparability of our financial results from period to period, as we convert our subsidiaries’ statements of financial position into U.S. dollars from local currencies at the period-end exchange rate, and income and cash flow statements at average exchange rates for the year. For example, our functional currency is the Indian rupee for all Indian subsidiaries. Changes in the Indian rupee’s exchange rate specifically can result in earnings volatility and potentially have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
We may face difficulties and be subject to increased business and economic risks as we expand our operations into countries in which we have no prior operating experience which could impact our results of operations.
We expect to continue to expand our international operations in order to maintain an appropriate cost structure and meet our clients’ needs, which may include opening sites in new jurisdictions and providing our services and solutions in additional languages. It may involve expanding into less developed countries, which may have less political, social or economic stability and less developed infrastructure and legal systems. As we expand our business into new countries, we may encounter economic, regulatory, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses or delay our ability to start up our operations or become profitable in such countries. This may affect our relationships with our clients and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, legal and regulatory systems, and commercial markets. Operating internationally subjects us to new risks and may increase risks that we currently face.
We may acquire other companies in pursuit of growth or may make dispositions or investments, any of which may divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our shareholders and consume resources that are necessary to sustain our business; and these efforts can be complex and subject to various risks, which may impact our ability to successfully integrate and realize the anticipated benefits.
As part of our business strategy, we regularly review potential strategic transactions, including potential acquisitions, dispositions, consolidations, joint ventures, investments or similar transactions. Negotiating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these transactions may be subject to conditions or approvals that are beyond our control, including anti-takeover and antitrust laws in various jurisdictions. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close.
21
An acquisition, investment or new business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, services, products, personnel or operations of acquired companies. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any merger, acquisition, investment or similar partnership may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown liabilities, including litigation against the companies we may acquire, for example from failure to identify all of the significant risks or liabilities associated with the target business. These integration activities are complex and time-consuming, and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs. Any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are dependent on members of our senior management team and other key employees.
Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the members of our senior management team or other key employees. We have employment agreements and consultancy contracts with our key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees, in which case our business may be severely disrupted. If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and information technology professionals and staff members to them. Any non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure agreements we have with our senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.
Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.
Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may fail to attract, hire, train and retain sufficient numbers of skilled employees in a timely fashion at our sites to support our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business relies on large numbers of skilled employees at our sites, and our success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain skilled employees. The outsourcing industry as well as the technology industry generally experience high employee turnover. Increased competition for skilled employees, in our industry or otherwise, particularly in tight labor markets, could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, a significant increase in the turnover rate among skilled employees could increase our costs and decrease our operating profit margins and could have an adverse effect on our ability to complete existing contracts in a timely manner, meet client objectives and expand our business.
Our failure to attract, train and retain personnel with the experience and skills necessary to fulfil the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees successfully into our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In particular, competition for skilled employees, particularly in the United States, India and Mexico, remains high and we expect such competition to continue. In many locations in which we operate, there is a limited pool of employees who have the skills and training needed to do our work. If our business continues to grow, the number of people we will need to hire will increase. Significant competition for employees could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business and service our clients, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.
22
Our failure to detect and deter criminal or fraudulent activities or other misconduct by our employees could result in loss of trust from our clients and negative publicity, which would have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Because we have access to our clients’ sensitive and confidential information in the ordinary course of our business, our employees could engage in criminal, fraudulent or other conduct prohibited by applicable law, client contracts or internal policy. Remote and hybrid work arrangements for many of our employees reduces our ability to monitor employee conduct and has elevated the risk of our employees engaging in such conduct undetected by us. Although we have previously terminated employees when our investigations establish misconduct and have implemented measures designed to identify and deter such misconduct, such as fraud prevention training, there can be no assurance that such measures will prevent or detect further employee misconduct. If our employees use their access to our and our clients’ systems as a conduit for criminal activity or other misconduct, our clients and their customers may not consider our services and solutions safe and trustworthy, and we could receive negative press coverage or other public attention as a result. Such loss of trust and negative publicity could cause our existing clients to terminate or reduce the scope of their dealings with us and harm our ability to attract new clients, which would have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, we may be subject to claims of liability by our clients or their customers based on the misconduct or malfeasance of our employees, and our insurance policies may not cover all potential claims to which we are exposed or indemnify us for all liability.
We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business or enhance our service offerings.
We may require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity, debt or equity-linked securities, such as convertible debt, draw down on our credit facility or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity or equity-linked securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. Any new equity or equity-linked securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. If we seek to access additional capital or increase our borrowings, there can be no assurance that debt, equity or equity-linked financing may be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to various factors.
Our operating results may vary significantly from one quarter to the next and our business may be impacted by factors such as client turnover, the timing of new contracts and of new service or solution offerings, termination of existing contracts, variations in the volume of business from clients resulting from changes in our clients’ operations, the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our solutions, start-up costs, delays or difficulties in expanding our operating sites and infrastructure, delays or difficulties in recruiting, changes to our revenue mix or to our pricing structure or that of our competitors, inaccurate estimates of resources and time required to complete ongoing projects, currency fluctuation and seasonal changes in the operations of our clients. The financial benefit of gaining a new client may not be recognized at the intended time due to delays in the implementation of our solutions or negatively impacted due to an increase in the start-up costs. These factors may cause differences in revenues and income among the various quarters of any financial year, which means that the individual quarters of a year may not be predictive of our financial results in any other period.
23
Our cash flows and results of operations have been and may continue to be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients, particularly in the Middle East and Asia Pacific regions.
Our business depends on our ability to effectively invoice and successfully obtain payment from our clients for the amounts they owe us for the work performed. Despite our evaluation of the financial condition of our clients, actual losses on client receivables could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, our total accounts receivables decreased from approximately $23.8 million to approximately $11.0 million. During the year ended March 31, 2025, we have recognized a $9.5 million write off of receivables pertaining to our business. There is a heightened the risk of non-collection, leading us to record an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $3.6 million, compared to $1.3 million in the previous year. The increase in allowance reflects our assessment of the collectability of receivables, especially in newly entered markets where payment behaviors are less predictable.
Macroeconomic conditions may limit access to the credit markets for our clients, resulting in financial difficulties for them which may result in their insolvency or bankruptcy. During weak economic periods, there is an increased risk that our clients will file for bankruptcy protection, which may harm our revenue, profitability, and results of operations. We also face risks from international clients that file for bankruptcy protection in foreign jurisdictions, particularly given that the application of foreign bankruptcy laws may be more difficult to predict. In addition, we may determine that the cost of pursuing any creditor claim outweighs the recovery potential of such claim. Therefore, we might experience delays in the collection of our client receivables, which would adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. This in turn, could adversely affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, could affect our results of operations.
The risk of not being able to collect on our receivables has been heightened as we expand into new international markets, due to variations in legal frameworks, regulatory systems, and enforcement procedures. This uncertainty can be exacerbated by cultural differences and varying business practices, which can affect negotiations, communications, and dispute resolution. In certain regions, such as the Middle East, where we have seen higher receivable balances, these challenges are amplified, making collections more difficult and protracted. Further, the Company in fiscal year 2025 has recognized a $9.5 million write off of receivables pertaining to our business.
We are taking additional measures to collect all of our existing accounts receivables in the international markets. If we are unable to effectively collect receivables, particularly in our newly expanded international markets, our cash flow and financial condition may continue to be adversely affected.
We may be required to make a cash payment of approximately $5 million or issue certain additional Class A ordinary shares to the investors with whom we entered into Forward Purchase Agreements in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, which would reduce the amount of cash available to us to fund our operations or dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors
On and around November 3, 2023 and November 5, 2023, we entered into Forward Purchase Agreements (the “Forward Purchase Agreements” or “FPA”) with certain investors (the “FPA holders”), pursuant to which we agreed to make a cash payment in respect of up to approximately 4 million Class A ordinary shares then held by the FPA holders (subject to certain conditions set forth in the Forward Purchase Agreements) (the “FPA Shares”), at the end of the contract period of one year (the “Maturity Date”). Pursuant to the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreements, each FPA holder further agreed not to redeem any of our Class A ordinary shares owned by it at such time.
On November 6, 2024, the Company and one of the FPA holders, Meteora Capital Partners, LP (“Meteora”), which held 250,000 shares under its FPA, agreed to settle the liability through the issuance of additional shares. As a result the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora during November 2024, settling the $625,000 maturity consideration liability with Meteora, leaving a remaining balance of $7.5 million owed to other FPA holders.
24
We are required to make a cash payment of $2.00 per FPA Share, or issue additional Class A ordinary shares to such FPA holders at a price of $2.50 per share, for each FPA share held by the FPA holders who continued to hold their FPA Shares at the Maturity Date. If we are required to satisfy our obligations under the FPA with cash payments to the FPA holders, the amount of cash on hand to fund our operations would be reduced accordingly, which could adversely affect our ability to make necessary investments, and, therefore, could affect our results of operations. If we are required to issue additional Class A ordinary shares in respect of the FPA Shares, the ownership percentage held by our current shareholders will be diluted.
Our sites operate on leasehold property, and our inability to renew our leases on commercially acceptable terms or at all may adversely affect our results of operations.
Our sites operate on leasehold property. Our leases are subject to renewal and we may be unable to renew such leases on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which may have an adverse impact on our operations. In addition, in the event of non-renewal of our leases, we may be unable to locate suitable replacement properties for our sites or we may experience delays in relocation that could lead to a disruption in our operations.
We have significant fixed costs related to lease facilities.
We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to our leased facilities. These expenses will have a significant impact on our fixed costs, and if we are unable to grow our business and revenue proportionately, our operating results may be negatively affected.
Our business is dependent on key clients, and the loss of a key client could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a small number of key clients who generally retain us across multiple service offerings. Our top five clients accounted for 57% and 50% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, respectively. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, we had two clients, each contributing more than 10% of our revenue, which were 14% and 12% respectively. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we had two clients, each contributing more than 10% of our revenue, which were 21% and 12% respectively. The loss of all or a portion of our business with, or the failure to retain a significant amount of business with, any of our key clients could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to maintain, increase and collect revenue from our top clients depends in part on the financial condition of those clients. Further, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenue may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service and solutions.
As previously disclosed, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, we received a non-renewal notice from a significant customer related to its dedicated offshore operations managed by the Company, which is expected to result in an annual revenue loss of approximately $11.5 million. Any additional non-renewals from significant customers could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We have and may continue to experience a long selling and implementation cycle with respect to certain projects that require us to make significant resource commitments prior to realizing revenue for our services.
Before committing to use our services, potential clients may require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them on the value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. If our sales cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our revenue and hinder our revenue growth.
25
Pricing pressure may reduce our revenue or gross profits and adversely affect our financial results.
The prices for our services and solutions may decline for a variety of reasons, including pricing pressures from our competitors, pricing leverage from clients, anticipation of the introduction of new solutions by our competitors, or promotional programs offered by us or our competitors. We may face increased pricing pressure from our key clients as we grow the existing services and solutions we provide to our key clients or expand our business with them by cross-selling new services and solutions. In addition, competition continues to increase in the markets in which we operate, and we expect competition to further increase in the future. If we are unable to maintain our pricing due to competitive pressures or other factors, our margins will be reduced and our gross profits, business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.
Although we have executed auto-renewal contracts with our clients, they have the right to terminate such contracts, potentially leading to significant revenue loss that may not be easily replaced, and our client contracts may contain restrictive provisions that limit our operational flexibility.
Although we have executed auto-renewal service agreements with our clients, the clients may choose to terminate or not renew such agreements. In the event our clients terminate the agreements without cause or not renew the agreement, adequate notice period (ranging from 90 days to 180 days as negotiated) needs to be provided by the client. Additionally, a termination fee component (based on commercial margin) is payable by the clients in the event of such termination without cause or non-renewal. However, despite the notice period and termination fee, early terminations or non-renewals could still negatively impact our revenue streams, especially if a significant client is involved. The sudden loss of a major client could create a revenue gap that may be difficult to fill in the short term, leading to reduced cash flow and profitability. As we previously disclosed, in the year ended March 31, 2025, we received a non-renewal notice from a significant customer related to its dedicated offshore operations managed by the Company, which is expected to result in an annual revenue loss of approximately $11.5 million. Our auto-renewal agreements often form the basis of our recurring revenue, and any disruption could affect our ability to forecast revenue and meet financial projections.
Our ability to maintain continuing relationships with our major clients and successfully obtain payment for our services and solutions is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. The termination or, as referenced above, the non-renewal of agreements could negatively affect our financial condition and may require increased investments in client acquisition, raising marketing and operational costs. A significant reduction in revenue from terminated contracts could also limit our ability to invest in innovation and expansion, potentially hindering our growth.
Additionally, certain of our client contracts contain provisions that restrict us from utilizing personnel assigned to one client for other clients. These restrictions could limit our operational flexibility and ability to optimize resource allocation, potentially impacting our efficiency and scalability. Additionally, breaches of these provisions could result in contractual penalties, legal liabilities, and reputational damage.
The consolidation or corporate actions of our clients may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our clients may engage in certain corporate actions such as potential mergers, consolidations, divestment, disposal of assets or joint ventures or similar transactions, some of which may be material. Any of these client actions may result into change of ownership of our clients, potentially leading to the termination of our services. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
26
Some of our client contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely impact our business.
We perform our services primarily under cost plus and time-and-materials contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and other indirect expenses). We charge out the services performed by our employees under these contracts at monthly rates that are agreed at the time at which the contract is entered. The rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on our internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors, as well as the volume of work provided by the client. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate, resulting in contracts that may not be profitable.
In addition to our cost plus and time-and-materials contracts, we undertake some engagements on a fixed-price basis and also provide managed services in certain cases. Moreover, some of our client contracts do not have minimum volume requirements, and the profitability of each client contract or work order may fluctuate, sometimes significantly, throughout various stages of the program.
If our current insurance coverage is or becomes insufficient to protect against losses incurred, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
We provide services and solutions that are integral to our clients’ businesses. If we were to default in the provision of any contractually agreed-upon services or solutions, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims against us for those damages. Any defects or errors or failure to meet clients’ expectations in the performance of our contracts could result in claims for substantial damages against us. Our contracts generally limit our liability for damages that arise from negligent acts, error, mistakes or omissions in rendering services to our clients. However, we cannot be sure that these contractual provisions will protect us from liability for damages in the event we are sued. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for intellectual property infringement and breaches of data protection and security requirements, for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, could be substantial. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently carry cyber and errors and omissions liability coverage in an amount we consider appropriate for all of the services we provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our insurance carriers, there could be a material adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although we maintain professional liability insurance, commercial general and property insurance, business interruption insurance, workers’ compensation coverage, and umbrella insurance for certain of our operations, along with other insurances we consider applicable to our business operations, our insurance coverage does not insure against all risks in our operations or all claims we may receive. Damage claims from clients or third parties brought against us or claims that we initiate due to a data security breach, the disruption of our business, litigation, or natural disasters, may not be covered by our insurance, may exceed the limits of our insurance coverage, and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources even if insured. Some types of insurance are not available on reasonable terms or at all in some countries in which we operate, and we cannot insure against damage to our reputation. The assertion of one or more large claims against us, whether or not successful and whether or not insured, could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
27
Global economic and political conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in the global economy and political environment on us and our clients. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment and tends to decline during general economic downturns. Unfavorable economic conditions would adversely affect the demand for some of our clients’ products and services and therefore could cause a decline in the demand for our services and solutions. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services and solutions from clients in the U.S. and other countries that we may target in the future. If the U.S. economy further weakens or slows, or a negative or an uncertain political climate persists, whether due to inflation, interest rates, global conflict, a pandemic, or otherwise, pricing for our services and solutions may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their spending significantly. Lower demand for our services and solutions and price pressure from our clients could negatively affect our revenues and profitability.
Natural events, health pandemics or epidemics and other acts of violence involving any of the countries in which we or our clients have operations could adversely affect our operations.
Natural events (such as floods, tsunamis and earthquakes), health pandemics or epidemics, wars, widespread civil unrest, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence, such as the invasion of Ukraine by Russia or the Israel-Hamas war, could result in significant disruptions to our business. In particular, the escalation of the Israel-Hamas war may affect areas where we currently operate or expect to conduct business, creating additional risks for our operations and clients. Such events could adversely affect global economies, worldwide financial markets and our clients’ levels of business activity and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could impact our clients’ purchasing decisions and reduce demand for our services and solutions and, consequently, adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Any disaster or series of disasters, particularly in areas where we have a concentration of sites, such as India or Mexico, could significantly disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to a series of risks related to climate change.
We operate in some regions, countries and communities around the world where our businesses, and the activities of our clients, could be impacted by climate change related issues. These issues pose both short and long-term risks to us and our clients. Climate change could expose us to financial risk either through its physical (i.e., climate or weather-related events or chronic changes) or transition (i.e., changes in market conditions, capital availability, climate policy or in the regulations applicable to our industry or verticals where we operate with respect to climate change risks) effects.
We are acutely aware of the increasing threats posed by climate-induced disruptions. Extreme weather events such as floods, storms, and heatwaves could impact the availability, efficiency, and security of our critical assets located in the regions, countries and communities that we operate in that are at substantial risk of climate change related issues.
India has been identified to be a high-risk water stress area. The changes in the availability of natural resources could directly impact our operations and our employees which could impact our ability to manage and promote business continuity.
Our operations in emerging markets subject us to greater economic, financial, and banking risks than we would face in more developed markets.
We have significant operations in emerging market economies in India and Mexico, both of which are more vulnerable to market and economic volatility than larger and more developed markets and present risks to our business and operations. A majority of our revenues are generated in North America. However, most of our personnel and delivery centers are located offshore, including in emerging markets. This exposes us to foreign exchange risks relating to revenues, compensation, purchases, capital expenditures, receivables and other balance-sheet items. As we continue to leverage and expand our global delivery model into other emerging markets, a larger portion of our revenues and incurred expenses may be in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Currency exchange volatility caused by economic instability or other factors could materially impact our results. See “We are subject to foreign exchange and currency risks that could adversely affect our operations, and our ability to mitigate our foreign exchange risk may be limited”
28
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Technology Solutions, Software Usage and Cyber Security
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive.
Our success depends on delivering innovative solutions that leverage emerging technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenue. Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver solutions that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technological developments, enhance our existing services and solutions or develop and introduce new services and solutions to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenue and results of operations could suffer. Our efforts to develop new products and platforms to enhance our services and solutions may incur substantial costs and may not be successful. Our competitors may be able to offer professional and management services and technology consultancy that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to reduce our rates and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do profitably or at all. Because many of our clients and potential clients regularly contract with other professional and management services and technology consultancy providers, these competitive pressures may be more acute than in other industries.
In order to offer innovative services and solutions, we may incur capital expenditures in service development, technology and communications infrastructure, which may not necessarily maintain our competitiveness.
In order to offer innovative services and solutions, we anticipate that it will be necessary to continue to invest in service development, technology and communications infrastructure to ensure reliability and maintain our competitiveness. This is likely to result in capital expenditures for maintenance as well as growth as we continue to grow our business. There can be no assurance that any of our information systems will be adequate to meet the emerging market or the client’s future needs or that we will be able to incorporate new technology to enhance and develop our existing solutions. Moreover, investments in technology, including future investments in upgrades and enhancements to hardware or software, may not necessarily maintain our competitiveness. Our future success will also depend in part on our ability to anticipate and develop information technology solutions that keep pace with evolving industry standards and changing client demands.
AI and generative AI applications present risks and challenges that can impact our business.
While we integrate AI into our solutions to enhance efficiency and effectiveness, rapid advancements in AI technologies pose a risk. These advancements may enable AI to match or surpass the benefits offered by our current AI-integrated services, potentially proving more cost-effective and capable of automating complex tasks and improving decision-making. The emergence of alternative technologies, including AI innovations from competitors, could present superior performance or innovative features that attract clients away from our offerings. Such developments could significantly impact our business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results unpredictably. Our efforts to adapt to changes in AI technology may not prove adequate to maintain our competitive position.
Furthermore, issues in the use of AI, combined with an uncertain regulatory environment, may result in reputational harm, liability, or other adverse consequences to our business operations. As with many technological innovations, AI and generative AI present risks and challenges that could impact our business. In addition to our own use of AI and generative AI, our vendors may integrate these tools into their offerings without adequate disclosure to us. Providers of these tools may not be able to comply with existing or rapidly evolving regulatory or industry standards for privacy and data protection, potentially impairing our or our vendors’ ability to maintain satisfactory service levels and customer experiences. If we, our vendors or third-party partners experience an actual or perceived breach or privacy or security incident involving AI or generative AI, it could lead to the loss of valuable intellectual property and confidential information. Such incidents could also harm our reputation and public perception of our security measures. Moreover, malicious actors worldwide increasingly employ sophisticated AI techniques to illegally obtain and misuse personal information, confidential data, and intellectual property. Any of these scenarios could result in reputational damage, loss of valuable assets, and adverse impacts on our business.
29
Our business relies heavily on owned and third-party technology and computer systems, which subjects us to various uncertainties.
We rely heavily on sophisticated and specialized communications and computer technology coupled with third-party telecommunications and bandwidth providers to provide high-quality and reliable real-time solutions. We also rely on the data services provided by local communication companies in the countries in which we operate. Our operations, therefore, depend on the proper functioning of our and third parties’ equipment and systems, including hardware and software.
Any disruptions in the delivery of our services due to the failure of our systems, hardware or software, whether provided and maintained by third parties or our in-house teams, or due to interruptions in our data services or those of third parties that adversely affect the quality or reliability (or perceived quality or reliability) of our solutions, may result in reduction in revenue. These types of interruptions or failures could also adversely impact our timekeeping, scheduling, and workforce management applications. The occurrence of any such interruption or unplanned investment could materially adversely affect our business, financial positions, operating results and prospects.
We may have inadequate insurance coverage or insurance limits to compensate for losses from a major interruption, and remediation may be costly and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Any extended interruption or degradation in our technologies or systems could significantly curtail our ability to conduct our business and generate revenue.
Others could claim that we infringe, violate, or misappropriate their intellectual property rights, which may result in substantial costs, diversion of resources and management attention and harm to our reputation.
We may be subject to claims that our services and solutions infringe, misappropriate, or violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. Any such claims, whether or not they have merit or are successful, may result in substantial costs, divert management attention and other resources, harm our reputation and prevent us from offering our solutions to clients. In our contracts, we agree to indemnify our clients for expenses and liabilities resulting from third parties claiming our solutions infringe, misappropriate, or violate their intellectual property rights. In some instances, the amount of these indemnity obligations may be greater than the revenues we receive from the client under the applicable contract. A successful infringement claim against us could materially and adversely affect our business.
We also license software from third parties. Other parties may claim that our use of such licensed software infringes their intellectual property rights. Although we seek to secure indemnification protection from our software vendors to protect us against such claims, it is possible that such vendors may not honor those obligations or that we may have a costly dispute.
If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information in the United States and abroad, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, experience reduced revenues and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
While our intellectual property is not currently considered to be a primary driver of our business, we believe that our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our intellectual property rights and proprietary information, including trade secrets. We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trademarks, copyright, trade secrets, contractual restrictions and technical measures to establish and protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary information may provide only limited protection and may not now or in the future provide us with a competitive advantage. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with our solutions, which may cause us to lose market share or render us unable to operate our business profitably.
We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with our directors, advisory board members and with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances, as well as our clients. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with third parties that receive access to our proprietary or confidential information. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to or the distribution of our proprietary information. Further, these agreements will not prevent potential competitors from independently developing technologies that may be substantially equivalent or superior to ours. We may not be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former employees or independent contractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use of works those employees or independent contractors created, or their requesting additional compensation for our use of such works.
30
While our contracts with our clients provide that we retain the ownership rights to our pre-existing proprietary intellectual property, in some cases we may assign intellectual property rights to clients in some aspects of the work product developed specifically for these clients in connection with these projects. If we assign intellectual property rights to clients that may be more broadly useful in our business, that would limit or prevent our ability to use such intellectual property rights in our solutions.
We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, including to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation that we may enter into to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, could make it more expensive for us to do business and adversely affect our operating results by delaying further sales or the implementation of our technologies, impairing the functionality of our solutions, delaying introductions of new features or applications or injuring our reputation.
Our solutions use open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more applicable open source licenses could adversely affect our business, subject us to litigation, and create potential liability.
Some of our solutions use software made available under open source licenses, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solutions in the future. Open source software is typically freely available, but is licensed under various requirements that bind the licensee. While the use of open source software may reduce development costs and speed up the development process, it may also present certain risks, that may be greater than those associated with the use of third-party commercial software. We cannot guarantee we comply with all obligations under these licenses. Any non-compliance claim by the owner of the copyright could require us to incur significant expenses defending against such allegations, may be subject to the payment of damages, enjoined from further use of the software, require us to comply with conditions of the license (which may include releasing the source code of our proprietary software to third parties without charge), or force us to devote additional resources to re-engineer all or a portion of our solutions to avoid using the open source software. Any of these events could create liability for us, damage our reputation, and have an adverse effect on our revenue, and operations.
We use third-party software, hardware and SaaS technologies from third parties that may be difficult to replace or that may cause errors or defects in, or failures of, the services or solutions we provide.
We rely on software and hardware from various third parties to deliver our services and solutions, as well as hosted SaaS applications from third parties. If any of these software, hardware or SaaS applications become unavailable due to extended outages, interruptions or because they are no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, it could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed or obtained and integrated, which could increase our expenses or otherwise harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in or failures of this third-party software, hardware or SaaS applications could result in errors or defects in or failures of our services and solutions, which could harm our business and be costly to correct.
Unauthorized or improper disclosure of personal or other sensitive information, or security breaches and incidents, could result in liability and harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our clients provide data and systems that our employees use to provide services to those clients. Internal or external attacks on either our or our clients’ technology infrastructure, data, equipment, or systems could disrupt the normal operations of our and our clients’ businesses. While we believe we take reasonable measures to protect the security of, and against unauthorized or other improper access to, our technology infrastructure, data, equipment, and systems, including with respect to personal and proprietary information, it is possible that our security controls and practices may not prevent unauthorized or other improper access to our infrastructure and underlying personal or proprietary information. In addition, we rely on systems provided by third parties, which may also suffer security breaches or incidents. Any unauthorized access, acquisition, use, or destruction of data we collect, store, process or transmit could expose us to significant liability under our contracts, as well as to regulatory actions, litigation, investigations, remediation obligations, and reputational damage, which could adversely affect our business.
31
Risks Related to Regulation, Legislation and Legal Proceedings
Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or the Internet infrastructure may diminish the demand for our services, and could have a negative impact on our business.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium such as those under the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), India’s Digital Personal Data Protection Act (DPDP Act) and the Cayman Islands’ Digital Protection Act (DPA). Changes in these laws or regulations could adversely affect the demand for our services or require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of internet-related commerce or communications generally, resulting in reductions in the demand for technology services such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool have been adversely affected by “ransomware,” “viruses,” “worms,” “malware,” “phishing attacks,” “data breaches” and similar malicious programs, behavior and events. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these or any other issues, demand for our services and solutions could suffer.
Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. federal and state as well as foreign laws and regulations, including those regarding privacy, data protection and data security, and we or our clients may be subject to regulations related to the handling and transfer of certain types of personal data as well as sensitive and confidential information. Any failure to comply with applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and our clients are subject to privacy, data protection and data security-related laws and regulations that impose obligations in connection with the collection, use, storage, transfer, dissemination, security, and/or other processing of personal information. These include, but are not limited to, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), and international laws such as the GDPR, the DPDP Act and the DPA. Such privacy, data protection and information security-related laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations and may be inconsistent among countries and jurisdictions in which we operate, or conflict with other rules.
In the United States, a number of other states have passed comprehensive new privacy laws and other jurisdictions have proposed new laws that would impose privacy and data security obligations. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies. The existence of privacy and security laws in different states may make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for noncompliance. In addition, many countries outside of the United States have enacted comprehensive privacy and data protection laws and other jurisdictions are considering such laws.
Globally, governments and agencies have adopted and could in the future adopt, modify, apply or enforce laws, policies, regulations, and standards covering user privacy and data security. New regulation or legislative actions regarding data privacy and security (together with applicable industry standards) may increase the costs of doing business and could have a material adverse impact on our operations and cash flows. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, consumer communications and information security in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new services and maintain and grow our client base and increase revenue.
32
Compliance with U.S. and foreign privacy, data protection and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process and could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations or industry standards, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, fines or other liabilities, as well as negative publicity and a potential loss of business. Any failure or perceived failure (including as a result of deficiencies in our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, or client communications) by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, and could cause our clients and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.
We are subject to laws and regulations in the United States and other countries in which we operate, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, import and customs laws, trade and economic sanctions laws. Compliance with these laws requires significant resources and non-compliance may result in civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures.
Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. §201, the U.S. Travel Act, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper or prohibited payments, or anything else of value, to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We may also be liable for failing to prevent a person associated with us from committing a bribery offense. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential FCPA violations. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United States, applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and persons, anti-money laundering laws, import and customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the trade control laws. We may not be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all such applicable laws, which could result in our being subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of such laws by United States or other countries’ authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
From time to time, we have been and may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings, including class actions. Although we are not currently party to any litigation that we consider material, actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our assessments and estimates.
Even when these claims are not meritorious, defending these claims may divert our management’s attention, and may result in significant expenses. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.
33
From time to time, some of our employees spend significant amounts of time at our clients’ sites, often in foreign jurisdictions, which exposes us to certain risks.
Some of our projects require a portion of the work to be undertaken at our clients’ facilities, which are often located outside of our employees’ country of residence. The ability of our employees to work in locations around the world may depend on their ability to obtain the required visas and work permits, and this process can be lengthy and difficult. Immigration laws are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces, economic conditions and international travel, which may be adversely affected by regional or global circumstances or travel restrictions also affects our employees’ ability to work in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we may become subject to taxation in jurisdictions where we would not otherwise be so subject as a result of the amount of time that our employees spend in any such jurisdiction in any given year. There can be no assurance that we will successfully monitor and comply with the various local requirements in the jurisdictions where our employees may be located in.
Our business operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by negative publicity about offshore outsourcing or anti-outsourcing legislation in the countries in which our clients operate.
Concerns that offshore outsourcing has resulted in a loss of jobs and sensitive technologies and information to foreign countries have led to negative publicity concerning outsourcing in some countries and may lead to anti-outsourcing legislation. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform in-house services that we offer, or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers. As a result, our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate primarily out of facilities located inside these countries could be harmed.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and many of our directors and executive officers reside outside the United States. A substantial portion of our assets and the assets of many of these persons are also located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, or our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against us, or our directors or officers, including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fulsome and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of the register of members of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
34
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (1) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (2) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Changes and uncertainties in the tax system in the countries in which we have operations, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including: changing tax laws, regulations and treaties, or the interpretation thereof; tax policy initiatives and reforms under consideration; the practices of tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we operate; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties. Such changes may include (but are not limited to) the taxation of operating income, investment income, dividends received or (in the specific context of withholding tax) dividends paid.
We are unable to predict what tax reforms may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business, but such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies or practices in jurisdictions in which we operate, could increase the estimated tax liability that we have expensed to date and paid or accrued on our balance sheets, and otherwise affect our financial position, future results of operations, cash flows in a particular period and overall or effective tax rates in the future in countries where we have operations, reduce post-tax returns to our shareholders and increase the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance.
Tax authorities may disagree with our historical and future tax positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, or may apply existing rules in an arbitrary or unforeseen manner, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.
We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Consequently, we are subject to tax laws, treaties, and regulations in the countries in which we operate, and these laws and treaties are subject to interpretation. We have taken, and will continue to take, tax positions based on our interpretation of such tax laws. However, tax authorities may disagree with certain tax positions we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, which assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. If we are assessed with additional taxes, this may result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Contesting tax assessments by applicable taxing authorities may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing such assessments, if applicable, the implications could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable, or result in other liabilities.
35
We believe that we were a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for prior taxable years and we may be a PFIC in future taxable years, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.
Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), we will be a PFIC, for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For the purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and certain rents and royalties. In addition, for purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that directly or indirectly owns at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as holding and receiving directly its proportionate share of assets and income of such corporation. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined below), then such U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and additional reporting requirements. A “U.S. Holder” is a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares or warrants and that is: (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States; (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (4) a trust if either (A) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, a “U.S. person”). If we are a PFIC during any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns our Class A ordinary shares or warrants, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares or warrants even if we are not a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year, unless the U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election.
Due to the nature of our business prior to the Business Combination and the timing of the Business Combination, we believe that we were a PFIC in prior taxable years. However, based on the nature of our business after the Business Combination, our financial statements, and our expectations about the nature and amount of our income, assets and activities following the Business Combination, we were not a PFIC for our taxable year ending March 31, 2025. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year and the determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination applying principles and methodologies that in some circumstances are unclear and subject to varying interpretation. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our warrants in all cases. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.
The IRS or the Income Tax Department, Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, including without limitation, any court, tribunal or other authority, in each case that is competent to impose or adjudicate tax in the Republic of India (the “Indian Taxation Authority”) may disagree regarding the tax treatment of the Business Combination and the other transactions that were undertaken in connection with the Business Combination, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.
Neither we nor any of Aark Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company limited by shares (“AARK” or ATG intends to or has sought any rulings from the IRS or the Indian Tax Authority regarding the tax consequences of the Business Combination and the other transactions that were undertaken in connection with the Business Combination. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or Indian Tax Authority will not assert, or that a court of competent jurisdiction will not sustain, a position contrary to the intended tax treatment. Any such determination could subject our shareholders to adverse tax consequences that would be different from those described in the proxy statement contained in the registration statement on Form S-4 and previously filed in connection with the Business Combination and have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.
36
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts or the content that they publish about us. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A ordinary shares or change their opinion of our Class A ordinary shares, our share price would likely decline.
We have not and may not pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our shares. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of the business, and therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Cayman Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and distributions to shareholders and any other factors or considerations the board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A ordinary shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.
There is a limited market for our common stock.
Although our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the volume of trading has historically been limited. Our average daily trading volume of our shares from April 1, 2024 to March 31, 2025 was approximately 109,560 shares. Thinly traded stock can be more volatile than stock trading in a more active public market. While we have made efforts to increase trading in our stock, we cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for our Class A ordinary shares will develop or be sustained. Therefore, a holder of our Class A ordinary shares who wishes to sell his or her shares may not be able to do so immediately or at an acceptable price.
The price of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants may be volatile or decline.
The price of our Class A ordinary shares and our warrants may fluctuate or decline due to a variety of factors, including:
| ● | changes in the industries in which we and our clients operate; | |
| ● | developments involving our competitors; | |
| ● | changes in laws and regulations affecting our business; | |
| ● | variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors in general; | |
| ● | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results; |
| ● | publication of research reports by securities analysts about us, our competitors or our industry; |
| ● | the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”); |
37
| ● | actions by shareholders, including the sale by any of our principal shareholders of any of their shares of our Class A ordinary shares; |
| ● | additions and departures of key personnel; |
| ● | litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors; |
| ● | changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of equity and equity-linked securities or the incurrence of additional debt; |
| ● | the volume of shares of our Class A ordinary shares available for public sale; |
| ● | general economic and political conditions, such as the effects of the Israel-Iran war, Russia-Ukraine conflict, pandemics such as COVID-19, recessions, interest rates, inflation, local and national elections, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations, changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, political instability, acts of war or terrorism and natural disasters; and |
| ● | other risk factors listed in this section “Risk Factors.” |
In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of listed companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly impact the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business. Any of the factors listed above could materially and adversely affect your investment in our securities, and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.
If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet any guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may decline.
We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may decline.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and, if we qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future, we will not be required to provide detailed compensation disclosures or file proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our Class A ordinary share price may be more volatile.
38
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq listing rules and, as a result, qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
The Class V Shareholder has voting rights equal to 51% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a class in connection with Extraordinary Events (as defined below). As a result, as long as the Class V ordinary share remains outstanding, we will be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq listing rules. As a controlled company, we will be exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including those that would otherwise require our board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and require that we either establish compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, each comprised entirely of independent directors, or otherwise ensure that the compensation of our executive officers and nominees of directors are determined or recommended to our board of directors by independent members of our board of directors. We currently rely upon and if we continue to rely on one or more of these exemptions, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
Our Class V Shareholder has the ability to significantly influence certain matters submitted to the stockholders for approval
We have a dual class ordinary share structure and the Class V Shareholder holds the Class V ordinary share. In accordance with our memorandum and articles of association, such Class V ordinary share has no economic rights, but has voting rights equal to (1) 1.3% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a single class (subject to a proportionate reduction in voting power in connection with the exchange by Mr. Kumar of AARK ordinary shares for Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement); provided, however, that such proportionate reduction will not affect the voting rights of the Class V ordinary share in the event of (i) a threatened or actual hostile change of control and/or (ii) the appointment and removal of a director on our board of directors (collectively, the “Extraordinary Events”), and (2) in the event of the Extraordinary Events, 51% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a class.
On April 5, 2024, Mr. Kumar exchanged an aggregate amount of 9,500 AARK ordinary shares for 21,337,000 Class A ordinary shares. Immediately following this exchange, Mr. Kumar’s beneficial ownership percentage of Class A ordinary shares remained at 73.8%, while his voting power increased to 72.0% of all votes attached to the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the Class V ordinary share, subject to the special voting rights of the Class V ordinary share regarding the Extraordinary Events. As a result of and immediately following this exchange, and in accordance with our memorandum and articles of association, the number of votes represented by the sole Class V ordinary share was reduced from 26.0% to 1.3% of all votes attached to the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and the Class V ordinary share; however, this reduction will not affect the voting rights of the Class V ordinary share in the event of the Extraordinary Events.
The Class V Shareholder is owned by a business associate of Mr. Kumar. Mr. Kumar does not have control over the Class V Shareholder, and the Class V Shareholder will not receive any compensation in connection with its ownership of the Class V ordinary share. Although the Class V Shareholder is not required by contract or otherwise to vote in a manner that is beneficial to Mr. Kumar and may vote the Class V Ordinary Share in its sole discretion, given the business relationship between the Class V Shareholder and Mr. Kumar, Mr. Kumar believes that the Class V Shareholder could protect the interests of Mr. Kumar from extraordinary events, such as a hostile takeover or board contest, prior to the exchange of all ordinary shares of AARK by Mr. Kumar.
The concentrated control described above may limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transactions requiring shareholder approval. In addition, this concentrated control may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our shares that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our shareholders. As a result, such concentrated control may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.
39
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are not able to remediate the material weakness and otherwise maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us and the value of our Class A ordinary shares could be adversely affected.
As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting and provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
We have identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that are primarily attributable to improper segregation of duties, inadequate processes for timely recording of significant events and material transactions and inadequate design and implementation of information and communication policies and procedures and monitoring activities. On December 11, 2023, the Company concluded that it should restate certain of its previously issued carve-out consolidated financial statements of AARK and subsidiaries to correct the misreporting of basic and diluted earnings per share and number of issued and paid-up common stock, resulting from one of the material weaknesses described below. The restated financial statements were incorporated into the condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023, which were included in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 20, 2024.
While management is working to remediate the material weaknesses, there is no assurance that these remediation efforts, when economically feasible and sustainable, will successfully remediate the identified material weaknesses. If we are unable to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us and the value of our Class A ordinary shares could be materially and adversely affected and the Company could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Effective process and controls over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports and are designed to reasonably detect and prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. For as long as we are a “smaller reporting company” under the U.S. securities laws, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Moreover, we do not expect that process and controls over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The failure of our control systems to prevent error or fraud could materially adversely impact us.
We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could adversely affect our financial results.
Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The application of U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions about certain items and future events that affect our reported financial condition, and our accompanying disclosure. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” We base our estimates on historical experience, contractual commitments and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and at the time they are made. These estimates and assumptions involve the use of judgment and are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If our estimates, or the assumptions underlying such estimates, are not correct, actual results may differ materially from our estimates, and we may need to, among other things, adjust revenues or accrue additional charges that could adversely affect our results of operations.
40
We incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
As a public company, we face significant legal, accounting and other expenses, and will incur further costs when we are no longer considered an “emerging growth company” as defined under the JOBS Act. In addition, new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the JOBS Act, have created uncertainty for public companies and increased costs and time that boards of directors and management must devote to complying with these rules and regulations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market regulate corporate governance practices of public companies. Compliance with these rules and regulations has increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and can lead to a diversion of management time and attention from sales-generating activities. In addition, we incur additional expenses associated with our SEC reporting requirements and increased compensation for our management team. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will continue to incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, and if we fail to maintain compliance with the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, our Class A ordinary shares could be delisted, negatively impacting their price, liquidity, and our ability to access the capital markets.
Our Class A ordinary shares are currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AERT.” On July 31, 2024 and September 5, 2024, we received notifications from Nasdaq indicating that as a result of the untimely filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 and the untimely filing of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2024, we were not in compliance with the requirements for continued listing under Listing Rule 5250(c)(1) (the “Timely Filing Rule”), which requires listed companies to timely file all required periodic reports with the SEC. On September 27, 2024, we filed our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 with the SEC and filed our Quarterly Report of the quarter ended June 30, 2024 with the SEC on October 15, 2024 and regained compliance with the Timely Filing Rule.
On February 20, 2025, the Company received a notification letter from the Nasdaq notifying the Company that, because the closing bid price for the Company’s Class A ordinary shares listed on Nasdaq was below $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days, the Company no longer meets the minimum bid price requirement for continued listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market under Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2), requiring a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”). The notification has no immediate effect on the listing of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares. In accordance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), the Company has a period of 180 calendar days from February 20, 2025, or until August 19, 2025, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. If at any time before August 19, 2025, the bid price of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares closes at or above $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days, Nasdaq will provide written notification that the Company has achieved compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.
The notification letter also disclosed that in the event the Company does not regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement by August 19, 2025, the Company may be eligible for additional time. To qualify for additional time, the Company would be required to meet the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly held shares and all other initial listing standards for The Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the bid price requirement, and would need to provide written notice of its intention to cure the deficiency during the second compliance period, by effecting a reverse stock split, if necessary. If the Company meets these requirements, Nasdaq will inform the Company that it has been granted an additional 180 calendar days to regain compliance. However, if it appears to the staff of Nasdaq (the “Staff”) that the Company will not be able to cure the deficiency, or if the Company is otherwise not eligible, the Staff would notify the Company that its securities will be subject to delisting. In the event of such notification, the Company may appeal the Staff’s determination to delist its securities, but there can be no assurance the Staff would grant the Company’s request for continued listing.
41
If we do not regain compliance with the Bid Price Rule and maintain compliance with other rules for continued listing on the Nasdaq, our securities may be delisted. If our securities were delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market, it could, among other things, lead to a number of negative implications, including reduced liquidity in our common stock, the loss of federal preemption of state securities laws and greater difficulty in obtaining financing.
You may be diluted, and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants may be depressed, by sales and issuances of Class A ordinary shares registered on the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (333-276173), as well as any additional Class A ordinary shares issued in connection with our equity incentive plans, acquisitions, the Forward Purchase Agreements or otherwise.
Our memorandum and articles of association authorizes us to issue shares and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the shares for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our Board in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, from and after April 1, 2024, Mr. Kumar and the Other ATG Shareholders have the right, subject to the satisfaction of certain exercise conditions set forth in their respective Exchange Agreements, to elect to exchange their respective interests in Aeries and AARK for our Class A ordinary shares, which may dilute the percentage ownership of our shareholders. The Exchange Agreements are conditioned on satisfaction of: (a) approval from the Reserve Bank of India and any other regulatory approvals, if required; and (b) at least two of the following conditions: (i) consolidated twelve month EBITDA of all operating entities in which we have direct or indirect shareholding achieves of at least $6 million; (ii) consolidated twelve month revenue of all entities in which the Company has a direct or indirect shareholding achieves at least $60 million; (iii) minimum trading volume of (26 weeks average volume will be considered as the benchmark) of 60,000 shares; (iv) achievement of a trading price of at least $10.00 for 10 or more trading days in a 20-day period; (v) raising of funding of at least $10 million; or (vi) acquisition of one other business with a value of at least $5 million. On March 26, 2024, the Company determined that the exercise conditions in the Exchange Agreements with respect to Mr. Kumar and one of the Other ATG Shareholder, Bhisham Khare, had been satisfied. On April 5, 2024, Mr. Kumar exchanged an aggregate amount of 9,500 AARK ordinary shares for 21,337,000 Exchanged Shares. An aggregate of 10,566,347 Exchanged Shares remain to be issued upon exchanges, including 7,740,979 Exchanged Shares for which the exchange conditions have not yet been met.
In a registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective on May 15, 2024, we have registered (A) (i) up to 10,566,347 Exchanged Shares, and (ii) up to 21,027,801 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the (a) 11,499,991 redeemable warrants to purchase Class A ordinary shares (the “Public Warrants”) that were issued by Worldwide Webb Acquisition Corp. (“WWAC”) as part of the units in its IPO, and (b) 9,527,810 redeemable warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) to purchase Class A ordinary shares originally issued to Worldwide Webb Acquisition Sponsor, LLC in a private placement that closed simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO; and (B) the resale from time to time by the selling securityholders (as defined in the prospectus) of (i) an aggregate of up to 54,917,027 Class A ordinary shares, and (ii) up to 9,527,810 Private Placement Warrants. We have reserved certain Class A ordinary shares (subject to certain adjustments) for issuance under our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and may adopt other equity incentive plans in the future. Moreover, we may issue Class A ordinary shares or other equity securities as consideration for our future acquisitions or other transactions. We may also be required to issue additional Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements. Any Class A ordinary shares that we issue, including those registered issuable pursuant to the prospectus, the Exchange Agreements, the warrants, our equity incentive plans, or the Forward Purchase Agreements, may dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors.
In the future, we may issue additional Class A ordinary shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A ordinary shares, in connection with generating additional capital, future acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness, or for other reasons. The market price of shares of our Class A ordinary shares could decline as a result of substantial sales of Class A ordinary shares, particularly by our significant shareholders, a large number of Class A ordinary shares becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. If one or more of these shareholders were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.
42
Certain founders and certain employees may have interests that conflict with other shareholders and they may sell their shares, or the market perception of such sale may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.
Certain founders including Mr. Kumar and the Other ATG Shareholders have equity ownership in our company, which could give them certain amount of personal wealth. Likewise, we have certain employees whose equity awards are fully vested, and who will be unrestricted in their ability to sell our Class A ordinary shares in the open market following expiration or waiver of any applicable lock-up or other restrictions, with the exception of the resale of shares held by affiliates under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These persons may have an economic interest in their ownership of our shares that conflicts with other shareholders, because they may be motivated to sell their shares to obtain cash rather than investing into the growth of the business and the potential higher price of our Class A ordinary shares in the long-term. The risk that our founder and employees may sell Class A ordinary shares in the open market may be made more acute as we do not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future, meaning open market sales may be their only means of generating liquidity from their ownership of our securities. As a result, sales of our Class A ordinary shares by our founder and employees in the open market or the perception that such sales could occur may negatively impact the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of ordinary shares issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
Your unexpired warrants may be redeemed prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby significantly diminishing the value of your warrants.
We will have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time once they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant provided that the last reported sales price of the underlying Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we send the notice of redemption to the warrant holders and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the Public Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the warrants. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. As of the date of this report, there were 11,499,991 Public Warrants and 9,527,810 Private Warrants outstanding. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us except under certain circumstances.
In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of Class A ordinary shares determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A ordinary shares had your warrants remained outstanding.
We have no obligation to notify holders of the warrants that the warrants have become eligible for redemption. However, in the event we elect to redeem the warrants, it will fix a date for the redemption and, pursuant to the terms of the warrant agreement dated October 19, 2021, by and between WWAC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agreement”), mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, with postage prepaid, not less than 30 days prior to the redemption date to the registered holders of the warrants. Under the terms of the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised for cash at any time after notice of redemption has been given by us.
43
The warrants may never be in the money, and may expire worthless.
The exercise price of the warrants is $11.50 per share. If the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is less than $11.50 per share, we believe holders of the warrants will be unlikely to exercise the warrants. It is unlikely warrant holders will exercise their warrants unless the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is in excess of the exercise price. There is no guarantee that the warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless and we may receive no proceeds from the exercise of the warrants. As a result, we do not expect to be able to rely on proceeds from the exercise of the warrants to fund our operations, which could adversely affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, could affect our results of operations.
We may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the share price of our securities.
We cannot assure you that the due diligence conducted in relation to AARK and WWAC in connection with the Business Combination has identified all material issues or risks associated with Aeries, its business or the industry in which it competes. As a result of these factors, we may incur additional costs and expenses and we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in us reporting losses. Even if our due diligence has identified certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. If any of these risks materialize, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and could contribute to negative market perceptions about our securities. Accordingly, our securityholders could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares and warrants. Such securityholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C. Cyber Security
Risk Management and Strategy
44
Material effects of cybersecurity threats
Governance and Management
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate office is located at Paville House, Prabhadevi, Mumbai, India. Our global delivery centers are in Mumbai, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Pune and Mexico (Guadalajara).
Global Centers Synopsis
| Location | Centers | ||
| Hyderabad | 2 | ||
| Bengaluru | 4 | ||
| Mumbai | 3 | ||
| Pune | 1 | ||
| Mexico (Guadalajara) | 3 |
45
In addition to the above, Aeries has its headquarters in Singapore and, in the U.S., a Sales and Marketing office in Raleigh, North Carolina and an office in Salt Lake City, Utah.
Aeries has a distinct approach towards setting up of its facilities. Aeries’ delivery centers have the look-and-feel of our clients’ offices to make it a seamless extension. Aeries Facilities team engages with client facility and marketing team at the time of office set-up for branding activities. Aeries has a well-structured methodology for quick office and operations set-up with strong local connections and strategic business partners. The offices are designed keeping in mind advance technology integration, physical and surveillance security requirements, workforce space management and compliance policies to identify and implement cost-effective Capex and Opex models.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
From time to time, we may be involved in various proceedings and litigation, claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings may involve highly complex issues that are subject to substantial uncertainties, and could result in damages, fines, penalties, nonmonetary sanctions, or relief. Management is not currently aware of any material pending legal proceedings, except for ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, in which we or any of our subsidiaries are involved, or where our property is subject to such proceedings.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
46
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information.
Our Class A ordinary shares and warrants are traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “AERT” and “AERTW,” respectively. Prior to the Business Combination, WWAC’s units, Class A ordinary shares and warrants were listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “WWACU,” “WWAC” and “WWACW,” respectively.
Holders
As of July 1, 2025 there were 47,152,626 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, held by approximately 43 holders of record and 21,027,801 warrants outstanding held by 4 holders of record. The actual number of shareholders of our Class A ordinary shares and the actual number of holders of our warrants is greater than the number of record holders and includes holders of our Class A ordinary shares or warrants whose Class A ordinary shares or warrants are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our shares. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of the business, and therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Cayman Islands law and any other applicable law affecting the payment of dividends and distributions to stockholders and any other factors or considerations the board of directors deems relevant.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
For information required by this item with respect to our equity compensation plans, please see Item 12 of this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings
The following list sets forth information as to all of our securities sold since the beginning of last fiscal year that were not registered under the Securities Act.
Private Placements in Connection with the Business Combination
As part of the Business Combination and upon the closing, 5,638,530 of our newly issued Class A ordinary shares were issued to Innovo Consultancy DMCC (“Innovo”), a company incorporated in Dubai, the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) and controlled by Mr. Kumar.
Pursuant to those certain Non-Redemption Agreements entered into on or about March 31, 2023, October 9, 2023, November 3, 2023 and November 5, 2023, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we issued an aggregate of 2,677,227 of Class A ordinary shares to the holders who elected not to redeem their shares pursuant to the Non-Redemption Agreements.
On November 3, 2023 and November 5, 2023, we entered into Forward Purchase Agreements with certain investors for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction. In connection with the Forward Purchase Agreements, we entered into the Subscription Agreements with the FPA holders, pursuant to which, subject to certain limitations contained therein, each FPA holder agreed to purchase from us that number of Class A ordinary shares up to the Maximum Number of Shares (as set forth in the applicable Forward Purchase Agreement) for a purchase price per share equal to the redemption price of $10.69, less the number of Class A ordinary shares the FPA holder purchased through the open market or via redemption reversals (the “Recycled Shares”). The aggregate number of shares purchased by the FPA holders pursuant to the Subscription Agreements and the Forward Purchase Agreements (other than the Recycled Shares) was 3,711,667.
47
On November 6, 2024, the Company reached an agreement with one of its FPA holders, Meteora Capital Partners LP (“Meteora”), which held 250,000 shares under its FPA, to settle the outstanding maturity consideration liability through the issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora in November 2024.
All of these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under transactions not involving any public offering.
Exchange of AARK Shares
On March 26, 2024, the Company determined that the exercise conditions in the Exchange Agreements with respect to Mr. Kumar and one of the Other ATG Shareholders, Bhisham Khare, had been satisfied. On April 5, 2024, Mr. Kumar exchanged an aggregate amount of 9,500 AARK ordinary shares for 21,337,000 Exchanged Shares. The issuance of 21,337,000 Exchanged Shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement to Mr. Kumar has been conducted in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
April 2024 Placement
On April 8, 2024, the Company entered into a Share Subscription Agreement with an institutional accredited investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell an aggregate of 2,261,778 newly issued Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, at a purchase price of $2.21 per share; provided, that the issuance of delivery of the shares thereunder shall be subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership limitation as describe in the agreement, as elected by the investor. At the closing of the private placement, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $4.68 million, after deducting a 6.5% commission paid to a placement agent. The issuance of the shares to the investor pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement has been conducted in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
As of the closing of the Private Placement, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,940,958 Class A ordinary shares at a purchase price of $2.21 per share and reserved 320,820 Class A ordinary shares in adherence to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. On July 10, 2024, the Company issued an additional 270,820 shares from the previously reserved 320,820 shares.
Issuance of Adjustment Shares
In December 2023, the Company settled vendor balances amounting to $0.9 million owed to certain vendors by issuing 361,338 Class A ordinary shares. If the VWAP of the Class A ordinary shares over the three trading days immediately preceding the agreement date is higher than the VWAP over the three trading days immediately preceding the six-month anniversary from the agreement date, additional Class A ordinary shares of the Company would need to be issued for the difference (the “Adjustment Shares”). Following the six-month anniversary, the Company issued 54,074 Adjustment Shares to the vendors, in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Issuance of Vendor Shares
In September 2024, the Company issued 78,947 Class A ordinary shares and 48,618 Class A ordinary shares, each valued on the relevant dates of the respective agreements, to two separate vendors, as compensation for their respective services. These issuances were made in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None
Item 6. [Reserved]
48
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. Among other things, the consolidated financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the financial data than included in the following discussion.
In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding our expectations for future performance, liquidity and capital resources that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences include those identified below and those described under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and elsewhere in this report. You should consider these factors carefully in evaluating forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements, which speak only as of the date of this annual report. It is impossible for us to predict new events or circumstances that may arise in the future or how they may affect us. Unless otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to update forward looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this annual report.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Aeries,” “Aeries Technology,” and “the Company” refer to the business and operations of AARK and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination (excluding the associated legacy financial technology and investing business activities) and to Aeries Technology, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, following the consummation of the Business Combination.
Overview
Aeries Technology is a global provider of professional. management, and technology consulting services to portfolio companies of private equity firms and middle-market companies, specializing in the design, set-up and and management of Global Capability Centers (“GCCs”) for our clients. Our offerings are designed to provide a mix of deep vertical specialty, functional expertise, and digital systems and solutions offering end-to-end coverage for the entire GCC lifecycle to scale, optimize and transform a client’s business operations. By leveraging artificial intelligence (“AI”), implementing process improvements, and recruiting talent in cost-effective geographies, we are positioned to deliver significant cost savings to our clients. With over a decade of experience, we are committed to delivering transformative business solutions that drive operational efficiency, innovation, and strategic growth, to positively impact value creation for our clients.
Our solutions are purpose-built to help clients unlock business value—enhancing revenue growth through accelerated innovation and improved customer experience, while also driving operating efficiency through optimized cost structures and scalable delivery. Aeries-built GCCs serve as strategic platforms through which clients can adopt and embed the latest technologies, including artificial intelligence, advanced analytics, and modern enterprise tools and practices. Clients maintain strategic oversight and operational control, with the flexibility to adapt GCC ownership structures as business needs evolve. Through our integrated model, Aeries enables organizations to move faster, serve customers better, and build long-term enterprise value.
We support and drive our clients’ global growth by providing a range of services, including professional advisory services and operations management services, to build and manage GCCs in suitable and cost-effective locations based on client business needs. With a focus towards digital enterprise enablement, these GCCs are designed to act as seamless extensions of the client organization, providing access to top-tier resources. We believe this empowers our clients to remain competitive and nimble and to achieve their goals of enduring cost efficiencies, operational excellence, and value creation, without sacrificing functional control and flexibility.
49
Our advisory services involve the active participation of senior leadership, recommending strategies and best practices related to operating model design, consultation on various areas, market availability for resources with appropriate skillsets required for specific roles contemplated in the service model, regulatory compliance, optimization of tax structure, and more. Our clients can customize the services based on options we provide, and we subsequently firm up the execution plan with the clients.
A key aspect of our service is our focus on digital transformation. We aim to leverage cutting-edge technologies, including AI, to drive innovation and streamline operations. Our technology services are designed to enhance decision-making, automate processes, and deliver significant business value. We believe this approach through GCC set-up improves operational efficiencies, enabling us to deliver digital transformation services that align with our clients’ growth strategies and support their competitiveness in an evolving digital landscape.
Our clients also use our services to manage their organizational operations, including application engineering, information technology, data analytics, cybersecurity, finance, human resources, customer service and operations. We hire appropriate talent and personnel on our payroll for deployment on client operations. We work with our clients collaboratively to select the appropriate candidates and create functional alignment with the clients’ organizations. While our talent becomes an extension of our clients’ team, Aeries continues to provide them with the opportunity for promotion, recognition and career path progression, which we believe results in higher employee satisfaction and lower voluntary attrition rates. We manage the regulatory, tax, recruiting, human resources compliance and branding for each of our GCCs.
Our business model aims to create a more flexible and cost-effective talent pool for deployment on clients’ operations, while fostering innovation through strategic alignment at senior levels and visibility across the organization. The model also aims to insulate our clients from regulatory and tax issues and provides flexibility in scaling teams up or down based on their changing business needs. We are committed to delivering best practices and success factors by leveraging our visibility into successful strategies from multiple companies, addressing many of the deficiencies associated with the traditional outsourcing and offshoring models.
As of March 31, 2025, Aeries had more than 30 clients spanning across industry segments, including companies in the industries of e-commerce, telecom, security, healthcare, engineering and others.
Key Factors Affecting Performance and Comparability
Market Opportunity
The markets that we currently operate in are North America and Asia Pacific, but our primary focus is North America, especially the private equity ecosystem and the mid-market enterprises.
Companies are looking for vendors who not only have the experience and expertise in providing the right-sized solution in this age of ever shortening business cycles but also serve as a trusted partner with a transparent engagement model to handhold them through their digital transformation journey. Aeries’ model is designed to deliver this experience, expertise and transparent engagement approach to accelerate and enhance our clients’ business.
Private Markets
As private market investing evolves and the landscape of venture-backed and late-stage private growth companies transforms, our service offerings will adapt accordingly, aligning with the shifting dynamics of potential investors and portfolio companies seeking our expertise. While periods of macroeconomic growth in the United States, particularly in private equity markets, typically foster an upsurge in overall investment activity, any economic slowdowns, downturns, or volatility in the broader market and private equity landscape could potentially dampen this growth momentum.
50
Macro-economic headwinds
Our operational performance is influenced by prevailing economic conditions, including macroeconomic conditions, the overall inflationary climate, and business sentiment. During the year ended March 31, 2025, there was persistent economic and geopolitical uncertainty in many markets around the world, including concerns over wage inflation, the potential of decelerating global economic growth, and increased volatility in foreign currency exchange rates. These factors have impacted and may continue to impact our business operations.
Customer Retention and Early Termination of Long-Term Contracts
Maintaining long-term customer relationships is important to our business, as a significant portion of our revenue is derived from these contracts. Although we have auto-renewal service agreements with clients, they may choose to terminate or not renew, in which case they must provide a notice period, typically ranging from 90 to 180 days, and pay a termination fee based on the commercial margin if termination occurs without cause. There is an increasing likelihood that clients may choose to terminate our service agreements after we have established and operated delivery centers for them, as it becomes more feasible and cost-efficient for them to take over. While the above-described contractual provisions provide some financial protection, the termination fee may not fully offset the long-term revenue loss, and replacing clients can be challenging due to the lengthy customer acquisition cycle. To mitigate this risk, we focus on maintaining strong relationships, expanding our customer base, diversifying service offerings, and delivering high-quality service to encourage renewals or alternative service arrangements when terminations occur. Our operational results and financial condition may still be negatively affected if multiple key customers terminate their agreements around the same time, as replacing this revenue can take time.
Income Taxes
We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and have operations in India, Mexico, Singapore and the United States. Our effective tax rate has historically varied and will continue to vary from year to year based on the tax rate in the jurisdiction of our organization, the geographical sources of our earnings and the tax rates in those countries, the tax relief and incentives available to us, the financing and tax planning strategies employed by us, changes in tax laws or the interpretation thereof, and movements in our tax reserves, if any.
Currently, the Company is liable to pay income tax in India, Mexico, Singapore, and the United States. In India, the Company has chosen to pay taxes according to the newly introduced tax regime in 2019 while forgoing some exemptions and deductions. Consequently, the Company calculates its consolidated provision for income taxes based on the asset and liability method. This involves determining deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the consolidated financial statements and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. These deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which these temporary differences are anticipated to be settled or recovered. If there is evidence that indicates some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, the deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance. The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions to determine if they are likely to be sustained upon examination, and a liability is recorded when such uncertainties fail to meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
Financing Costs
We regularly evaluate our variable and fixed-rate debt obligations. We have historically used short and long-term debt to finance our working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other investments. In May 2023, Aeries amended its revolving credit facility (“Amended Credit Facility”), whereby the total borrowing capacity was increased to $3.7 million (at the exchange rate in effect on March 31, 2025), with Kotak Mahindra Bank. The revolving facility is available for Aeries’ operational requirements. The interest rate is equal to the 6 months Marginal Cost of Funds based Lending Rate (“MCLR”) plus a margin of 0.8% and 0.80% as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively. Aeries is required to pay interest on the outstanding balance of the credit facility at this financing cost basis, calculated based on the actual number of days for which the funds are utilized. Any changes in the prevailing MCLR rates and the interest rate charged by the bank will affect the financing cost basis and the overall cost of borrowing.
51
Aeries also has an outstanding unsecured loan from director of Aeries Technology Group Business Accelerators Pvt Ltd., Mr. Vaibhav Rao, amounting to $0.8 million at an interest rate of 10% per annum. The principal amount of the loan was outstanding in entirety as of and for the years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.
On December 7, 2022, the Company entered into a vehicle loan, secured by the vehicle, for INR 11.5 million (or approximately $0.1 million at the exchange rate in effect on March 31, 2025) at 10.75% from Mercedes-Benz Financial Services India Pvt. Ltd. The Company is required to repay the loan in 48 monthly instalments beginning January 4, 2023.
On August 2, 2024, the Company entered into a vehicle loan, secured by the vehicle, for INR 8.2 million (or approximately $0.1 million at the exchange rate in effect on March 31, 2025) at 10.25% from Mercedes-Benz Financial Services India Pvt. Ltd. The Company is required to repay the loan in 48 monthly instalments beginning September 4, 2024.
Refer to the notes to our consolidated financial statements titled “Short-term borrowings” and “Long-term debt” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on our indebtedness.
For information about the risks we face, see “Risk Factors.”
Results of Operations
Overview
The Company has one operating segment and presents and discusses revenues by customer location. The Company believes this disaggregation best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenues and cash flows are affected by industry, market and other economic factors.
The following table shows the disaggregation of the Company’s revenues by major customer location. Substantially all of the revenue in our North America region relates to business with customers in the United States.
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| North America | $ | 65,486 | $ | 56,958 | ||||
| Asia Pacific and Other | 4,712 | 15,551 | ||||||
| Total revenue | $ | 70,198 | $ | 72,509 | ||||
Our revenues were primarily earned in U.S. dollars. Our costs were primarily incurred in Indian rupees, U.S. dollars and Mexican pesos. We bear a substantial portion of the risk of inflation and fluctuations in currency exchange rates, and therefore our operating results could be negatively affected by adverse changes in inflation rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
52
Comparison of the Year Ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024
The following table presents selected financial data for the year ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 (in thousands, except percentages):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ Change | % Change | |||||||||||||
| Revenues, net | $ | 70,198 | $ | 72,509 | $ | (2,311 | ) | (3 | )% | |||||||
| Cost of Revenue | 53,478 | 50,868 | 2,610 | 5 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | $ | 16,720 | $ | 21,641 | $ | (4,921 | ) | (23 | )% | |||||||
| Gross Profit Margin | 24 | % | 30 | % | ||||||||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general & administrative expenses | 45,490 | 18,654 | 26,836 | 144 | % | |||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | $ | 45,490 | $ | 18,654 | $ | 26,836 | 144 | % | ||||||||
| (Loss) / income from operations | $ | (28,770 | ) | $ | 2,987 | $ | (31,757 | ) | (1,063 | )% | ||||||
| Other income / (expense) | ||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of forward purchase agreement put option liability | 4,585 | 14,765 | (10,180 | ) | (69 | )% | ||||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative liabilities | 738 | 1,402 | (664 | ) | (47 | )% | ||||||||||
| Gain on settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability | 581 | - | 581 | 100 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest income | 326 | 275 | 51 | 19 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | (751 | ) | (462 | ) | (289 | ) | (63 | )% | ||||||||
| Other income, net | 624 | 160 | 464 | 290 | % | |||||||||||
| Total other income / (expense), net | 6,103 | 16,140 | (10,037 | ) | (62 | )% | ||||||||||
| (Loss) / income before income taxes | (22,667 | ) | 19,127 | (41,794 | ) | (219 | )% | |||||||||
| Income tax benefit / (expenses) | 1,072 | (1,871 | ) | 2,943 | (157 | )% | ||||||||||
| Net (loss) / income | $ | (21,595 | ) | $ | 17,256 | $ | (38,851 | ) | (225 | )% | ||||||
| Less: Net (loss) / income attributable noncontrolling interest | (1,163 | ) | 202 | (1,365 | ) | (676 | )% | |||||||||
| Less: Net (loss) / income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests | (718 | ) | 1.397 | (2,115 | ) | (151 | )% | |||||||||
| Net (loss) / income attributable to the shareholders of Aeries Technology, Inc. | $ | (19,714 | ) | $ | 15,657 | $ | (35,371 | ) | (226 | )% | ||||||
Revenue, net
For the year ended March 31, 2025, our revenue on a consolidated basis decreased by $2.3 million or 3%, to $70.2 million from $72.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. We experienced revenue decrease of $21.3 million related to the closure of certain consulting projects and ramp-downs in some of our existing client engagements. These declines were offset by an increase in revenue of $19.0 million, related to the addition of new clients and increase in business from existing clients.
Cost of Revenue
For the year ended March 31, 2025, our cost of revenue increased by $2.6 million or 5%, to $53.5 million from $50.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. The primary drivers of the increase included a $6.9 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, including bonuses and a $1.0 million increase in administrative cost and rent. These cost increases were offset by a $4.4 million decrease in cost related to fees to external consultants and $0.8 decrease in costs related to legal and professional fees.
53
Gross Profit
For the year ended March 31, 2025, our gross profit decreased by $4.9 million or 23%, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024. The lower gross profit was primarily due to decline in revenue of $2.3 million and increase of $2.6 million in cost of revenue mainly due to the increased compensation costs and benefits which is offset by decrease in cost related to fees to external consultants and legal and professional fees.
Gross Profit Margin
For the year ended March 31, 2025, our gross profit margin decreased by 600 basis points compared to the year ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributed to decrease in business from the project-based consulting business, which typically yield higher margins due to billing being based on fixed hourly rates.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $26.8 million, or 144% to $45.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to $18.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. This significant increase was primarily driven by a $11.1 million increase in stock-based compensation related expense, incremental bad-debts recorded by the company of $9.1 million, $1.7 million impairment loss recorded on software and computer equipment and intangible asset under development, a $1.0 million increase in legal and professional charges, a $1.2 million incremental provisions for expected credit loss on customer receivables and a $1.3 million increase due to director fees and rates and taxes. Additionally, employee compensation and benefits increased by $2.2 million due to increased hiring, resulting in increased personnel related costs, and travel expenses.
Total Other Income (expense), net
Total other income/ (expense), net was $6.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2025 compared to $16.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2024, a $10.0 million and 62% change primarily due to a change in the fair value of the forward purchase agreement put option liability and derivative warrant liability.
Income tax benefit / (expenses)
The income tax benefit for the year ended March 31, 2025 was $1.0 million, representing a $2.9 million or 157% improvement compared to the income tax expense of $1.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. The improvement was primarily due to significant increase in recognition of deferred tax benefit on losses in certain subsidiaries having a lower jurisdictional tax rates along with a reduction in taxable income resulting in lower current tax, provision for vendor expenses on a higher side for year ended March 31, 2025.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use non-GAAP financial information and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in our underlying operating results and provide additional insight and transparency on how we evaluate the business. We use non-GAAP financial measures to budget, make operating and strategic decisions, and evaluate our performance. We have detailed the non-GAAP adjustments that we make in our non-GAAP definitions below. The adjustments generally fall within the categories of non-cash items, other than costs related to the Business Combination and M&A transaction related costs, which represent non-recurring legal, professional, personnel and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with potential mergers and acquisitions related activities. We believe the non-GAAP measures presented herein should always be considered along with, and not as a substitute for or superior to, the related US GAAP financial measures. We have provided the reconciliations between the US GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures below, and we also discuss our underlying US GAAP results throughout the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section. The non-GAAP financial measures we present may differ from similarly captioned measures presented by other companies. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
54
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income from operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation, business combination-related costs, and changes in fair value of derivative liabilities. Adjusted EBITDA is a key performance indicator that we use to evaluate our operating performance and in making financial, operating, and planning decisions.
We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue for the reporting period.
We believe these non-GAAP measures are useful insight to investors by offering a clearer view of Aeries’ operating performance. This information has been used by our management for internal reporting and planning procedures, including aspects of our consolidated operating budget and capital expenditures.
The following table provides a reconciliation from net (loss) / income (US GAAP measure) to Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net (loss) / income | $ | (21,595 | ) | $ | 17,256 | |||
| Income tax (benefit) / expense | (1,072 | ) | 1,871 | |||||
| Interest income | (326 | ) | (275 | ) | ||||
| Interest expense | 751 | 462 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 1,384 | 1,352 | ||||||
| Impairment loss | 1,693 | - | ||||||
| EBITDA | $ | (19,165 | ) | $ | 20,666 | |||
| Adjustments | ||||||||
| (+) Stock-based compensation | 12,746 | 1,626 | ||||||
| (+) Business Combination and M&A transaction related costs | 6,993 | 3,067 | ||||||
| (+) Severance Pay | 678 | - | ||||||
| (-) Change in fair value of derivative liabilities | (5,323 | ) | (16,167 | ) | ||||
| (-) Gain on settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability | (581 | ) | - | |||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | (4,652 | ) | $ | 9,192 | |||
| Revenue | 70,198 | 72,509 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin [Adjusted EBITDA / Revenue] | (6.6 | )% | 12.7 | % | ||||
Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin include: each of these measures does not reflect (i) our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments or foreign exchange gain/loss; (ii) changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital; (iii) significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our outstanding debt; (iv) payments made or future requirements for income taxes; (v) cash requirements for future replacement or payment in depreciated or amortized assets; (vi) stock based compensation costs, (vii) severance pay, viii) Business Combination and M&A transaction related costs, which represent non-recurring legal, professional, personnel and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with potential mergers and acquisitions related activities for the year ended March 31, 2025, and Business Combination related costs for the year ended related March 31, 2024, and (ix) change in fair value of derivative liabilities.
55
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the going concern basis of accounting, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue in operation one year after the date these financial statements are issued and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. However, certain conditions as listed below raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for this period:
| ● | For the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss of $21.6 million. |
| ● | As of March 31, 2025, the Company had a working capital deficit of $11.1 million, primarily due to current liabilities related to the FPAs entered into on November 3, 2023, and November 5, 2023. These FPAs were liquidity arrangements entered into as part of the Business Combination consummated as of November 6, 2023. Under these liquidity arrangements, certain investors agreed not to redeem their holdings in WWAC in exchange for the Company entering into the FPAs. This step was taken to address the agreed minimum cash requirement with WWAC as of the closing date of the Business Combination, which WWAC was unable to meet without this financing. Pursuant to the FPAs, the Company is obligated to pay a maturity consideration of $8 million at the end of the one-year term plus extension (if any), agreed with certain FPA holders. The maturity consideration may be settled either in cash or equity at the option of the FPA holders. As of the date of this Form 10-K report, the remaining balance owed to the FPA holders is $5 million. We do not have sufficient cash from operations or cash reserves to pay the maturity consideration in cash. Paying the maturity consideration in cash would reduce the amount of cash on hand or available debt capacity to fund our operations, which could adversely affect our ability to make necessary investments, and, therefore, could affect our results of operations. |
| ● |
Additionally, during the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company has recognized a $9.5 million write off of receivables pertaining to our business. There is a heightened risk of non-collection, leading the Company to also to record an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $3.6 million, compared to $1.3 million in the previous year. | |
| ● | The Company received a non-renewal notice from a significant customer related to its dedicated offshore operations managed by the Company, which is expected to result in an annual revenue loss of approximately $11.5 million. |
Our working capital needs are primarily to finance our payroll and other administrative and information technology expenses in advance of the receipt of accounts receivable, as well as increased expenses due to being a public reporting company. Our primary capital requirements include expanding existing operations to support our growth, financing acquisitions and enhancing capabilities, including building certain digital solutions.
The Company has historically financed its operations and expansions primarily with cash generated from operations and the revolving credit facility from Kotak Mahindra Bank. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had a balance of $2.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and also generated overall positive cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2025. Management expects to have sufficient cash from the operations, cash reserves and debt capacity for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future to finance our operations, growth, expansion plans. However, this expectation assumes that the FPA liabilities will not require immediate cash settlement. If an immediate cash settlement is required for the remaining FPA liabilities, the Company may lack the necessary financial resources to sustain operations during this period.
The Company has undertaken or completed the following actions to improve its available cash balances, liquidity, and cash generated from operations:
| ● | The non-renewal of the customer contract requires a one-time buyout payment from the customer to us of approximately $3.0 million. |
56
| ● | On November 6, 2024, the Company and one of the FPA holders, Meteora Capital Partners, LP (“Meteora”), which holds 250,000 shares under its FPA, agreed to settle the liability through the issuance of additional shares. As a result the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora during November 2024, settling the $625,000 maturity consideration liability with Meteora, leaving a remaining balance of $5 million owed to other FPA holders. We are actively pursuing capital raising alternatives to pay the remaining balance due and exploring options with FPA holders to settle the remaining liabilities. |
| ● | Targeted cost cutting measures have been instituted, focusing on non-core expenses including those related to inorganic growth strategy, such as reductions in the use of outside vendors and professional services, as well as selective headcount and salary reductions, which are designed to improve our cash flow position without impacting core business operations. |
The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon, among other things, successfully executing its mitigation plan, which includes (i) raising additional funds from existing or new credit facilities, (ii) raising equity or equity linked capital, (iii) restructuring current liabilities into equity or long-term obligations, and (iv) further reducing non-core expenses with a renewed focus on organic growth in the core geography we historically operate in, which is North America. The Company is hopeful of accomplishing its objectives through these measures in the anticipated time frame and also expects that the funds available through the above-mentioned arrangements will be sufficient to alleviate the doubts about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. However, there is no guarantee of the success of these efforts.
Cash Flow for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
The following table presents net cash provided by operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | $ Change | ||||||||||
| Cash at the beginning of period | $ | 2,084 | $ | 1,131 | $ | 953 | ||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | (1,009 | ) | (4,299 | ) | 3,290 | |||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (858 | ) | (1,740 | ) | 882 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | 2,432 | 7,056 | (4,624 | ) | ||||||||
| Effects of exchange rates on cash | 115 | (64 | ) | 179 | ||||||||
| Cash at the end of period | $ | 2,764 | $ | 2,084 | $ | 680 | ||||||
Analysis of Cash Flow Changes between the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Operating Activities - There is a $3.3 million decrease in net cash used in operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2025 as compared to the year ended March 31, 2024. The overall decrease was primarily attributable to adjustments related to change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities, FPA put option liability, stock-based compensation expense, sundry balances written off, provision for expected credit loss and gain on settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability by $31.9 million and by a $10.2 million increase in cash flow from better working capital management. This decrease is partially offset by an increase in net loss by $38.9 million.
Investing Activities - Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended March 31, 2025 was $0.9 million, of which $1.5 million was used for the purchase of property and equipment and $1.4 million was used for the issuance of loans to affiliates, offset by $1.8 million generated from loan repayments received from affiliates and $0.2 million received from sale of property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended March 31, 2024, was $1.7 million, of which $1.5 million was used for the purchase of property and equipment and $2.3 million was used for the issuance of loans to affiliates, offset by $2.1 million generated from loan repayments received from affiliates.
57
Financing Activities - Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2025 was $2.4 million, primarily from proceeds of the PIPE transaction of $4.7 million, and proceeds from long-term debt of $1.5 million; offset by the repayment of long term debt of $1.8 million and short-term debt of $0.4 million, payments for purchase of treasury shares of $0.7 million., payment of insurance financing liability of $0.5 million and payment of finance lease obligation of $0.3 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2024, was $7.1 million, primarily from proceeds from the Business Combination of $8.7 million, the net proceeds from short-term debt of $2.6 million and proceeds from long-term debt of $0.9 million; offset by the repayment of long-term debt of $0.4 million, payment of deferred transaction costs of $2.3 million, payment of promissory note liability of $1.5 million, payment of insurance financing liability of $0.4 million and payment of finance lease obligation of $0.4 million.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of March 31, 2025 and currently, we do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements, other than as disclosed in “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Application of Significant Accounting Policies and Estimates
General
The following is a summary of the basis of preparation and significant accounting policies which have been applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies have been applied consistently in preparation of these consolidated financial statements. A full description of significant accounting policies is provided in our consolidated carve-out financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
Critical Accounting Policies and Management Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe the current assumptions, judgments and estimates used to determine amounts reflected in our consolidated financial statements are appropriate; however, actual results may differ under different conditions. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this document. Please see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for the complete list of significant accounting policies and estimates.
Forward Purchase Agreement
On November 3, 2023 and November 5, 2023, WWAC entered into Forward Purchase Agreements (the “FPAs”) with Sandia Investment Management LP (“Sandia”), Sea Otter Trading, LLC, YA II PN, Ltd and Meteora Capital Partners, LP (“Meteora” and collectively, the “FPA holders”) for an OTC Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction. Subscription Agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) were also executed alongside the FPA for subscription of the underlying FPA shares by the FPA holders either through a new issuance or purchase of shares from existing holders (“Recycled Shares”). The FPAs and Subscription Agreements have been accounted for separately as discussed subsequently.
58
On November 6, 2024, the Company reached an agreement with one of its FPA holders, Meteora, which holds 250,000 shares under its FPA, to settle the outstanding maturity consideration liability through the issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora in November 2024. The issuance of the shares has been conducted in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, on the basis that Meteora is an accredited investor and the Company did not engage in any general solicitation in connection with such offer and sale.
On November 6, 2024, the maturity consideration for the FPA became due. The agreement with Sandia was extended to January 5, 2025. The maturity consideration was fulfilled with Meteora through shares. The remaining funds have requested cash for their shares. Some of their shares have been sold in the open market which reduces the amount owed.
Derivative Financial Instruments and FPA Put Option Liability
The Company accounts for the warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Instruments (as defined below) do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. The Company accounts for the FPA put option liability as a financial liability in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480-10. Warrants and FPA are collectively referred as the “Instruments”. The Instruments are subjected to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. See Note 17 for further discussion of the pertinent terms of the warrants and Note 20 for further discussion of the methodology used to determine the value of the Instruments.
In December 2023, the Company settled vendor balances amounting to $0.9 million owed to certain vendors by issuing 361,338 Class A ordinary shares. If the VWAP of the Class A ordinary shares over the three trading days immediately preceding the agreement date is higher than the VWAP over the three trading days immediately preceding the six-month anniversary from the agreement date, additional Class A ordinary shares of the Company would need to be issued for the difference. This represents a derivative financial instrument written by the Company which has been accounted for in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 including subsequent re-measurement at fair value with the changes being recognized in Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
| ● | For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value at inception and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as current or noncurrent based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. | |
| ● | The Company and one of the FPA holders, namely Meteora Capital Partners LP (“Meteora”), which holds 250,000 shares under its FPA, agreed to settle the liability through issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora during November 2024, settling the $0.6 million maturity consideration liability with Meteora, leaving a remaining balance of $5.0 million owed to other FPA holders, which may be settled either in cash or in equity, at the option of the investors. |
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.
59
Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:
Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Such prices may be based upon quoted prices for identical or comparable securities in active markets or inputs not quoted on active markets but corroborated by market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Except for the warrants and FPA as described above, the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the consolidated balance sheets.
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
Redeemable noncontrolling interest represents the portion of equity in a subsidiary that is not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Such redeemable noncontrolling interest include exchange agreements with a call and a put option where the minority interest investors’ respective ordinary shares in AARK and ATG will be exchanged for Class A ordinary shares based on the exchange ratio as set out in the Exchange agreements. The exchange is subject to certain exchange conditions and cash redemption features which are outside of the Company’s control. The redeemable noncontrolling interest has initially been measured at the proportionate share in the net assets of the subsidiaries in accordance with ASC 805-40-30-3. Subsequently, the carrying value is adjusted with an allocation of the subsidiaries’ earnings based on ownership interest. Noncontrolling interest that has redemption features outside the Company’s control is accounted for as redeemable noncontrolling interest and is recorded as mezzanine equity and is reported between liabilities and shareholders’ equity / (deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets.
Accounts receivable, net
The Company records a receivable when an unconditional right to consideration exists, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is due. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. If revenue recognized on a contract exceeds the billings, then the Company records an unbilled receivable for that excess amount, which is included as part of accounts receivable, net in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Prior to the Company’s adoption of ASU 2016-13, Topic 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (“Topic 326”), the accounts receivable balance was reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that was determined based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. Under Topic 326, accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowance for credit losses. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses based on a combination of factors. In establishing any required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted for current market conditions, the current receivables aging, current payment terms and expectations of forward-looking loss estimates. Allowance for credit losses was $3.6 million as of March 31, 2025 and $1.2 million as of March 31, 2024, and is classified within “Accounts Receivable, net” in the consolidated balance sheets.
60
The following tables provides details of the Company’s allowance for credit losses (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, 2025 | ||||
| Opening balance as of March 31, 2024 | $ | 1,263 | ||
| Additions charged to cost and expense | 11,790 | |||
| Write-off charged against the allowance | (9,479 | ) | ||
| Closing balance as of March 31, 2025 | $ | 3,574 | ||
Revenue recognition
We account for revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in ASC 606. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. The contract transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. All of our material sources of revenue are derived from contracts with customers. Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for additional information regarding our revenue recognition policy.
Internal Use Software Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs related to internal use software acquired, modified, or developed related to the Company’s platform. These capitalized costs are primarily related to salaries and other personnel costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once the application development stage has been reached, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. The Company charged impairment loss of $1.7 million and $0 during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for additional information regarding this policy.
Employee Benefit Plan
The Company provides for a gratuity obligation through a defined benefit retirement plan (the “Gratuity Plan”) covering eligible employees in India under Payments of Gratuity Act, 1972. The cost of providing benefits under this plan is determined based on actuarial valuation at each year end. Actuarial valuation is carried out for gratuity using the projected unit credit method. The Company reviews its assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when it is appropriate to do so. Refer to Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for additional information regarding this policy.
61
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide this information.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
This information appears following Item 15 of this annual report and is included herein by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
On August 11, 2024, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the dismissal of, and dismissed, KNAV CPA LLP (“KNAV”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. KNAV was the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company since February 1, 2024. Prior to the completion of the Company’s business combination with AARK, KNAV had been the independent registered public accounting firm of AARK since 2022.
KNAV’s report on AARK’s carve-out consolidated financial statements, as of and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 (as restated) (the “AARK Financial Statements”) did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principle, except that the report of KNAV on the AARK Financial Statements contained an explanatory paragraph which noted that the AARK Financial Statements have been restated to correct certain misstatements.
During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2024 and the subsequent interim period, there were no “disagreements” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) between the Company and KNAV on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KNAV, would have caused KNAV to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreements in their reports on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for such fiscal periods except with respect to the below.
In connection with the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, KNAV advised the Company of its need to expand the scope of the procedures related to revenue recognition for certain contracts in the Middle East and APAC region. During the course of considering the request of KNAV, the Company determined that its revenue arrangements (and the accounting for those arrangements) require greater auditing resources to attest in a timely manner. As a result of this determination, the Company decided that it needed to engage an independent accountant that is located close to the Company’s accounting operations, in India, and therefore is more readily accessible to the Company than is KNAV. Accordingly, the Company’s Audit Committee determined to engage Manohar Chowdhry & Associates (“MCA”), as its principal independent accountant.
During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025 and the subsequent interim period, there were no “reportable events” as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K, except as set forth above and below.
As previously disclosed in Item 4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, the Company concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2023 due to certain material weaknesses that are primarily attributable to improper segregation of duties, inadequate processes for timely recording of significant events and material transactions, and inadequate design and implementation of information and communication policies, procedures and monitoring activities. The subject matters of this reportable event were discussed by the Audit Committee with KNAV.
On August 11, 2024, the Audit Committee appointed MCA as the successor independent registered public accounting firm. MCA served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025 and the subsequent interim period, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf consulted MCA regarding: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue, or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement,” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K, or a “reportable event,” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
62
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer has concluded that, as of March 31, 2025, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described below.
Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
As required by SEC rules and regulations implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
| ● | pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our company, |
| ● | provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors, and |
| ● | provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. |
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025. In making these assessments, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of March 31, 2025, due to the material weaknesses described below.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm due to our status as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.
Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
On December 11, 2023, the Company concluded that it should restate certain of its previously issued carve-out consolidated financial statements of AARK and subsidiaries to correct the misreporting of basic and diluted earnings per share and number of issued and paid-up common stock, resulting from one of the material weaknesses described below.
In connection with this restatement, our management identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that are primarily attributable to improper segregation of duties, inadequate processes for timely recording of significant events and material transactions, and inadequate design and implementation of information and communication policies, procedures, and monitoring activities.
63
Remediation Plan
In light of these facts, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is in the process of implementing processes and controls and other post-closing procedures and has concluded that, notwithstanding the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described above, the consolidated financial statements for the periods covered by and included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with US GAAP.
To address our material weaknesses, we are improving our processes of reviewing financial statements, increasing our communication with third-party service providers and implementing additional procedures to ensure that the review of the Company’s financial statements is supported by sufficient documentation to determine accuracy. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and the controls have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
While management is working to remediate the material weaknesses, there is no assurance that these remediation efforts, when economically feasible and sustainable, will successfully remediate the identified material weaknesses. If we are unable to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, the reliability of our financial reporting, investor confidence in us and the value of our Class A ordinary shares could be materially and adversely affected and the Company could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Effective process and controls over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable and timely financial reports and are designed to reasonably detect and prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. For as long as we are a “smaller reporting company” under the U.S. securities laws, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Moreover, we do not expect that process and controls over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The failure of our control systems to prevent error or fraud could materially adversely impact us.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
In light of the material weaknesses described above, we are taking the actions described above to remediate such material weaknesses. Except as described above, there was not any change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements
None of the Company’s directors or officers
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable
64
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The following sets forth certain information, as of June 25, 2025, concerning the persons who serve as directors and executive officers of the Company.
| Name | Age | Title | ||
| Executive Officers | ||||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | 48 | Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||
| Daniel S. Webb | 40 | Chief Financial Officer and Chief Investment Officer | ||
| Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar | 57 | Chief Technology Officer | ||
| Non-Employee Directors | ||||
| Venu Raman Kumar | 64 | Chairman of the Board and Director | ||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | 57 | Vice Chairman of the Board and Director | ||
| Alok Kochhar | 67 | Independent Director | ||
| Biswajit Dasgupta | 59 | Independent Director | ||
| Nina B. Shapiro | 76 | Independent Director | ||
| Ramesh Venkataraman* | 58 | Independent Director |
| * | Ramesh Venkataraman resigned from the Board effective June 30, 2025. |
Executive Officers
Bhisham (Ajay) Khare has served as Chief Executive Officer and a director of Aeries since February 2025 and Chief Revenue Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Prior to consummation of Business Combination, he served as Chief Revenue Officer and Chief Operating Officer for the Americas division of Aeries group since 2015. Mr. Khare is responsible for planning and executing the strategic direction and ongoing operations for the company.
Mr. Khare is a successful executive with experience in business operations, strategic planning, & client relationship. He has a diverse background with deep knowledge of all aspects of the life cycle of organizations including start-up, funding, early-stage planning, implementation, mergers and acquisitions, private equity driven deals and integrations.
Mr. Khare’s past experience includes founding WhiteSpace Health, a startup with focus on healthcare data analytics and business intelligence. From 2012 until 2015, he was the Vice President of Strategic Operations for M*Modal, a healthcare technology company, and was instrumental in new product launch for revenue cycle management, profit and loss for clinical documentation business with $250 million revenue, and managing cost initiative for delivery organization. From 2007 until 2012, Mr. Khare managed worldwide operations for CBay systems and was part of the team that acquired MedQuist & Spheris in private equity funded deals.
We believe that Mr. Khare’s extensive experience in business operations, strategic planning, and client relationship management, along with his leadership in scaling organizations, executing mergers and acquisitions, and driving private equity-backed growth, qualify him to serve on our Board.
65
Daniel S. Webb has served as Chief Financial Officer of Aeries since February 2025 and Chief Investment Officer of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Mr. Webb served as a director of Aeries from the consummation of the Business Combination to February 2025. Prior to the Business Combination, from March 2021 to November 2023, he served as the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and a director of WWAC. From August 2017 to March 2021, Mr. Webb was an investment banker at Bank of America. From March 2013 to August 2017 and from March 2010 to June 2012, he served as an investment banker at Citi. From June 2012 to March 2013 he served as a private equity investor at HarbourVest Partners. As an investment banker and private equity investor, Mr. Webb worked on transactions totaling approximately $40 billion in transaction value for disruptive Internet companies. In his career as an investment banker at Bank of America and Citi, he advised leading technology companies on their initial public offerings such as Snap, Carvana, Pinterest, Delivery Hero, Arista Networks, Freescale Semiconductor, Fiverr, Grubhub, Cardlytics, Revolve, SurveyMonkey, Zulily, and Trivago. He also helped raise public and private capital for leading technology companies such as Microsoft, Pinterest, Costar, Thrasio, Fiverr, Fanatics, Grubhub, Cardlytics, Overstock, MakeMyTrip, Purple, GSV Capital, Paytm, Integral Ad Science, and Thrillist. In addition, he advised on one of the largest Internet acquisitions in history, Just Eat Takeaway’s acquisition of Grubhub as well as other transactions such as Credit Karma’s sale to Intuit, Cardlytics’ acquisition of Dosh, Bonobos’ sale to Walmart, Reachlocal’s sale to Gannett, and Aristocrat Leisure’s acquisition of Plarium. Mr. Webb previously worked in private equity at HarbourVest Partners where he directed investments in Lightower Fiber Networks, Sidera Networks, and Confie Seguros. Mr. Webb holds a Master of Accountancy and Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Brigham Young University.
Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar has served as Chief Technology Officer of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Prior to consummation of Business Combination, he has served as Chief Technology Officer of ATG since 2015. Mr. Nambiar is responsible for providing technology direction and overseeing all technology related operations for the company, including global research & development, information technology and customer support operations for clients, as well as driving Aeries incubated portfolio of products.
Mr. Nambiar is a technology leader with extensive industry experience building enterprise, cloud & mobility products across diverse verticals. He is passionate about building world class software products for real world solutions using cutting edge technology innovations.
In March 2021, Mr. Nambiar was part of the team that closed an acquisition of a carve-out from Nuance Communications Inc. (now renamed as DeliverHealth Solutions (DHS)) which is a world leading Healthcare outsourcing services and platform Business. Mr. Nambiar served an interim Chief Technology Officer role post-carve out during the first year of operations to facilitate stand-up activities for Nuance Communications Inc.
Prior to joining ATG, Mr. Nambiar was Chief Technology Officer at CBay Systems (later M*Modal Inc.), a leading voice recognition and healthcare documentation technology company. At CBay, he was responsible for global technology vision, product engineering roadmap, technical support and infrastructure management. Prior to CBay, he was instrumental in setting up Avaya’s India Offshore Development Centre for their customer relationship management, interactive voice response, Predictive Dialers and Unified Messaging products through a dedicated offshore vendor model that was later acquired by Avaya. He also worked in the storage management industry at Legato Systems (later EMC) in multiple global locations and across various product engineering roles.
66
Non-Employee Directors
Venu Raman Kumar has served as non-executive Chairman and as a director of Aeries and a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023, and prior to the consummation of the Business Combination of ATG since co-founding ATG in 2012. Mr. Kumar is a successful tech entrepreneur and private equity investor. He is the founder and former Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of M*Modal Inc., a leading voice recognition, healthcare document technology company that he developed from a start-up until it was sold to One Equity Partners in 2012.
Since then, he has actively invested in several ventures across India, Middle East and USA. He is also a limited partner in three large international private equity funds. He is on the board of THub, one of India’s most successful tech incubators and accelerators. Mr. Kumar was the winner of the Ernst and Young’s Entrepreneur of the Year 2007 award for Maryland, USA, and was also honored with Maryland International Leadership Award by the World Trade Centre Institute in the same year. He was appointed as Chairman of Global Entrepreneur Network India at the Global Entrepreneurs Summit in 2017.
In addition to serving as the non-executive Chairman of Aeries, Mr. Kumar’s latest venture, CASHe, is a fin-tech platform lending to millennials in India using AI, big data analytics and blockchain technology.
We believe that Mr. Kumar’s extensive experience as a successful tech entrepreneur and private equity investor, along with his active leadership roles in various ventures and prestigious organizations globally, qualify him to serve as our Chairman of the Board.
Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery has served as non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Aeries since February 2025 and a director of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Mr. Panikassery served as the Chief Executive Officer of Aeries from the consummation of the Business Combination until February 2025. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of ATG from its co-founding in 2012 until February 2025.
Prior to joining ATG, Mr. Panikassery was the global controller of CBay Systems (later M*Modal Inc.). He played an instrumental role in some of the key acquisitions such as MedQuist, Spheris and Multimodal. He also assisted with planning and executing the integration and synergy realizing strategies. Prior to that, he was a senior partner at one of India’s oldest accounting firms where he specialized in audit, mergers and acquisitions, advisory services and corporate structuring for large clients in technology, business process outsourcing, banking and financial services. He was also responsible for setting up new practice areas.
In March 2021, Mr. Panikassery successfully led and closed an acquisition of a carve-out from Nuance Communications Inc. (now renamed as DeliverHealth Solutions (DHS)) which is a world leading healthcare outsourcing services and platform business.
Mr. Panikassery is a member of the Managing Committee of ASSOCHAM, India’s oldest Chamber of Commerce, and Co-Chairman of India’s National Council for Business Facilitation and Global Competitiveness.
We believe that Mr. Panikassery’s extensive experience in launching and growing businesses, leading M&A transactions, and his deep knowledge of our company qualifies him to serve on our Board.
Alok Kochhar has served as a director of Aeries since the consummation of the de-SPAC business combination (the “Business Combination”) in November 2023. Mr. Kochhar brings with him his long-standing financial experience. He had a long career spanning over three decades with Bank of America, wherein he developed holistic knowledge of financial environments, regulatory frameworks, and market challenges across the region. Mr. Kochhar today is a senior advisor at Boston Consulting Group and continues to advise, guide and mentor several technology and financial services organizations. Mr. Kochhar holds an MBA from the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad and a degree in chemical engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi.
67
Mr. Kochhar’s extensive financial expertise, combined with his deep understanding of financial and consulting domains, qualify him to serve on our Board.
Biswajit Dasgupta has served as a director of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Mr. Dasgupta is a partner at JRC Corporate Consulting and Senior Advisor at Arthur D. Little. Mr. Dasgupta served as the Chief Investment Officer and Head of Global Markets at Emirates Investment Bank, a Board Director of EIB Enhanced Liquidity Fund, Executive Director of Treasury at Abu Dhabi Investment Company. He has an extensive experience in treasury, institutional banking, corporate banking, investment sales, product development and debt capital markets. Mr. Dasgupta is a chartered accountant from India and a received a Bachelor of Commerce from Sri Ram College of Commerce. He also holds certifications in Fintech from Harvard University and Financial Markets from ACI FMA.
Mr. Dasgupta’s extensive experience in consulting, investment and finance qualifies him to serve on our Board.
Nina B. Shapiro has served as a director of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. Ms. Shapiro has over 30 years of international experience in project finance and business development. She held senior leadership and operating positions at the World Bank and its private sector arm, the International Finance Corporation (“IFC”), including as the World Bank Director of the Project Finance and Guarantee Department, and as VP Finance and Treasurer of the IFC. In these roles, she worked extensively with senior government and banking officials and with the private sector to develop major infrastructure, financial and manufacturing projects, as well as to open domestic capital markets such as China, Brazil and the UAE. Since retiring from the World Bank in 2011, Ms. Shapiro has taken on a full-time role as a corporate and advisory board member. Ms. Shapiro holds a bachelor’s degree from Smith College and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.
Ms. Shapiro’s extensive experience in project finance and business development, along with her leadership roles in international financial organizations, qualify her to serve on our Board.
Ramesh Venkataraman had served as a director of Aeries since the consummation of the Business Combination in November 2023. On June 18, 2025, Mr. Venkataraman informed the Board of his intention to resign from his position as a member of the Board. The effective date of his resignation is June 30, 2025, at which time Mr. Venkataraman’s term as a director, including his membership on the Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, ended. Mr. Venkataraman stepped down from the Board in order to transition to a role as chairperson of the Company’s independent advisory board. The decision by Mr. Venkataraman to resign from the Board did not result from any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.
Mr. Venkataraman has over 32 years of experience in private equity investing and management consulting in the technology, telecom, software, industrial and financial services industries across both developed and emerging markets. Until 2007, he has been a partner with Mckinsey & Company in the US, UK, and India, where he led the firm’s technology and telecom practice in Asia. Since then, he has been a private equity investor and investment advisor focused on Europe, Asia and The Middle East. From 2007 to 2010 he was a managing director with Bridgepoint in London where he led the technology buyout sector. From 2011 to 2012 and since 2016, Mr. Venkataraman has been the founder and managing partner at Avest, an investment platform advising a UAE sovereign wealth fund on its direct private equity investments and portfolio of business holdings. Between 2012 and 2016, Mr. Venkataraman led the private equity business of Avest’s joint venture with Samena Capital and was a member of Samena’s board of directors. Mr. Venkataraman holds a bachelor’s degree in electronics and communication engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology - Kharagpur, a Master of Philosophy in International Relations from Oxford University, and a MPA in Economics and Public Policy from Princeton University.
Mr. Venkataraman’s extensive experience in management consulting, investment and board advisory across diverse industries qualified him to serve on our Board.
68
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.
Board Composition
The primary responsibilities of the Board are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to the Company’s management. When considering whether directors and director nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of its business and structure, the Board is expected to focus primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above in order to provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of its business. The Board is divided into the following three classes, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The Shareholders at the Annual Meeting has approved the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, which provides that, after their initial term expires, each class of directors, including the Class I directors, will be appointed for a one-year term.:
| ● | Class I, consisting of Alok Kochhar, Biswajit Dasgupta and Nina B. Shapiro, whose terms expired at the Company’s first annual meeting of shareholders held March 27, 2025 and were re-appointed as directors to serve for such term as provided in the Company’s memorandum and articles of association then in effect; |
| ● | Class II, consisting of Bhisham (Ajay) Khare, whose term will expire at the Company’s second annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the consummation of the Business Combination; and |
| ● | Class III, consisting of Venu Raman Kumar and Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery, whose term will expire at the Company’s third annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the consummation of the Business Combination. |
At each annual meeting of shareholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms are then expiring will be appointed to serve from the time of appointment and qualification until their term provided in our memorandum and articles of association expires and until their successors are duly appointed and qualified. Before a director’s term expires, the Company’s directors may be removed by shareholder approval in accordance with the voting criteria set forth in our memorandum and articles of association.
Director Independence
Nasdaq listing standards generally require that a majority of the Board be independent. As a controlled company, we are largely exempt from such requirements. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship with the Company which, in the opinion of the Board, could interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Board determined that each of the directors on the Board, including Ramesh Venkataraman, who resigned from the Board effective June 30, 2025, other than Venu Raman Kumar, Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery and Bhisham (Ajay) Khare qualify as independent directors. Upon the departure of Ramesh Venkataraman from the Board on June 30, 2025, the Board no longer consists of a majority of “independent directors.”
Board Leadership Structure
The Board determined that it should maintain the flexibility to select the Chairperson of the Board and adjust its board leadership structure based on circumstances existing from time to time and based on criteria that are in the Company’s best interests and the best interests of its shareholders, including the composition, skills, diversity and experience of the board and its members, specific challenges faced by the Company or the industry in which it operates and governance efficiency. Currently, the Board has separated the roles of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairperson, which are held by Bhisham (Ajay) Khare and Venu Raman Kumar, respectively.
69
Board Role in Risk Oversight
One of the key functions of the Board is informed and involved oversight of Company’s risk management process related to the Company and its business. This oversight function is administered directly through the Board as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of the Board that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, the Board is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and the Company’s audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss the Company’s accounting, reporting, financial practices, including the integrity of its financial statements, the surveillance of administrative and financial controls, including major financial risk exposures, and the steps its management will take to monitor and control such exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The compensation committee assesses and monitors whether the Company’s compensation plans, policies and programs comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of the Company’s governance practices and procedures. In addition, the Board will receive periodic detailed operating performance reviews from management.
Controlled Company Exemption
Our Class V shareholder has voting rights equal to 51% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a class in connection with the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, we are deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), where our securities are listed. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements to have: (i) a board of directors composed of a majority of independent directors; (ii) a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; (iii) a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and (iv) an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. Until the Class V ordinary share is automatically forfeited and cancelled upon the exchange of all the ordinary shares of Aark Singapore Pte. Ltd. (“AARK ordinary shares”) held by our Chairman of the Board, Mr. Kumar, the Company may utilize these exemptions. If we determine to rely on one or more of these exemptions, shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. Upon the departure of Ramesh Venkataraman from the Board on June 30, 2025, the Board no longer consists of a majority of independent directors. Additionally, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is not composed entirely of independent directors. If we cease to be a “controlled company” and our Class A ordinary shares continue to be listed on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with these standards and, depending on the Board’s independence determination with respect to its then-current directors, we may be required to add additional directors to its board in order to achieve such compliance within the applicable transition periods.
Committees of the Board
The Company has an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which have the composition and responsibilities described below. The Company’s board of directors may from time to time establish other committees. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the board of directors of the Company. Each committee operates under a charter approved by the board of directors of the Company. Copies of each charter are posted on the Investor Relations – Corporate Governance section of our website at https://aeriestechnology.com/. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this proxy statement.
The Company’s chief executive officer and other executive officers regularly report to the non-executive directors and the audit committee to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. We believe that the leadership structure of the Company’s board of directors will provide appropriate risk oversight of the Company’s activities.
70
Audit Committee
The Company’s audit committee is comprised of Alok Kochhar, Biswajit Dasgupta and Nina B. Shapiro. Nina B. Shapiro is the chairperson of the audit committee. Alok Kochhar, Biswajit Dasgupta and Nina B. Shapiro each meet the requirements for independence and financial literacy under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations, including Rule 10A-3. In addition, Alok Kochhar, Biswajit Dasgupta and Nina B. Shapiro each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules
The audit committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
| (1) | appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; |
| (2) | reviewing the adequacy of the Company’s system of internal controls and the disclosure regarding such system of internal controls contained in the Company’s periodic filings; |
| (3) | pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services and related engagement fees and terms for services provided by the Company’s independent auditors; |
| (4) | reviewing with the Company’s independent auditors their independence from management; |
| (5) | reviewing, recommending and discussing various aspects of the financial statements and reporting of the financial statements with management and the Company’s independent auditors; and |
| (6) |
establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters. |
Compensation Committee
The Company’s compensation committee is comprised of Alok Kochhar and Nina B. Shapiro. Alok Kochhar is the chairperson of the compensation committee. The composition of the compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
| (1) | setting the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and reviewing and approving or making recommendation to the Board regarding the compensation of the other executive officers of the Company; |
| (2) | reviewing on a periodic basis and making recommendations to the Board regarding director compensation; |
| (3) | reviewing and approving or making recommendation to the Board regarding the Company’s cash and equity-based benefit plans and administering the Company’s plans according to the plan; and |
| (4) | Reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the Board regarding, the Company’s cash and equity-based benefit plans, and administering the Company’s plans in accordance with their terms. |
The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.
71
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Venu Raman Kumar, Alok Kochhar, and Biswajit Dasgupta. Ramesh Venkataraman was a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee until his resignation from the Board effective June 30, 2025. Biswajit Dasgupta is the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other thing:
| (1) | identifying, evaluating and making recommendations to the Board regarding nominees for election to the board of directors and its committees; |
| (2) | developing and making recommendations to the Board regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; |
| (3) | overseeing the Company’s corporate governance practices; and |
| (4) | overseeing the evaluation of the Board and individual directors. |
Shareholder Director Nominees
Nominations of persons for election to the Board at any annual general meeting of shareholders may be made by or at the direction of the Board or by certain shareholders of the Company.
In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Company at the Company’s principal executive offices at 60 Paya Lebar Road, #08-13, Paya Lebar Square, Singapore. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must have been received not less than 120 calendar days before the date of the Company’s proxy statement released to shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual general meeting or, if the Company did not hold an annual general meeting the previous year, or if the date of the current year’s annual general meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year’s annual general meeting, then the deadline shall be set by the Board with such deadline being a reasonable time before the Company begins to print and send its related proxy materials.
In addition, a shareholder shall also comply with all of the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee is or has been at any time one of our officers or employees, or has ever had any relationship requiring disclosure by the Company under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board of directors committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Board or compensation committee.
72
Code of Ethics
The Board has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available on the Investor Relations – Corporate Governance section of our website at https://ir.aeriestechnology.com. In addition, we post on the Corporate Governance section of our website all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq listing standards any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. The reference to our website address in this proxy statement does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this proxy statement
Delinquent Section 16 Reports
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our equity securities to timely file certain reports regarding ownership of and transactions in our securities with the SEC. Copies of the required filings must also be furnished to us. Section 16(a) compliance was required during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. To our knowledge, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were complied with.
Insider Trading Policy
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and executive officers, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, actual fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful neglect, or willful default. We entered into agreements with our directors and executive officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our memorandum and articles of association. We have also purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and executive officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our directors and executive officers.
Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled back disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.
Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, “we,” the “Company,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to ATG and its subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and to Aeries and its subsidiaries after the Business Combination.
73
Aeries Management Transitions and Aeries Named Executive Officer Compensation
The following management transitions occurred on February 10, 2025:
| ● | Bhisham (Ajay) Khare was appointed Chief Executive Officer and director of the Company; |
| ● | Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and was appointed Vice Chairman of the Company; and |
| ● | Daniel S. Webb resigned from his position as a director and was appointed as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in addition to his then-current role as Chief Investment Officer of the Company. |
Accordingly, our named executive officers (“NEOs”) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 as determined in accordance with SEC rules and their respective positions as of such date with Aeries were as follows:
| ● | Bhisham (Ajay) Khare, our Chief Executive Officer |
| ● | Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery, our Non-Executive Vice Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer |
| ● | Daniel S. Webb, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Investment officer |
| ● | Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan, our Chief Technology Officer |
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation provided to our NEOs for the past two fiscal years ended on March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.
| Name and Principal Position | Fiscal year Ended | Salary(1) | Stock Awards(2) | Option Awards(3) | All other compensation(4) | Total | |||||||||||||||||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | March 31, 2025 | $ | 388,643 | 3,459,904 | - | $ | 256,763 | $ | 4,105, 310 | ||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer | March 31, 2024 | $ | 305,758 | - | - | $ | - | $ | 305,758 | ||||||||||||||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | March 31, 2025 | $ | 565,278 | - | 7,313,912 | $ | 164,755 | $ | 8,043,945 | ||||||||||||||
| Former Chief Executive Officer | March 31, 2024 | $ | 423,705 | - | - | 2,108 | (5) | $ | 425,813 | ||||||||||||||
| Daniel S. Webb Chief Financial Officer and Chief Investment Officer | March 31, 2025 | $ | 400,000 | 1,046,941 | - | 15,133 | $ | 1,462,074 | |||||||||||||||
| Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar | March 31, 2025 | $ | 283,328 | 925,186 | - | - | $ | 1,208,514 | |||||||||||||||
| Chief Technology Officer | March 31, 2024 | $ | 191,257 | - | - | $ | 25,000 | (6) | $ | 216,257 | |||||||||||||
| (1) |
The amounts in this column reflect the base salary paid to the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024. |
74
For 2025, for Mr. Khare, the U.S. Dollar amount shown in the “Salary” column totaling USD 388,643, includes $1 in annual cash fees for his service as a director of the Board. Please see below for additional details regarding compensation in connection with Mr. Khare’s Board services.
For 2025, for Mr. Panikassery, the U.S. Dollar amount shown in the “Salary” column, totaling USD 565,278 includes $41,096 received as base service fees for service on the Board of Directors pursuant to our board of director’s agreement then in effect, for a period of 2025 that he was not an employee of the Company. For a description of our non-employee director compensation policy and additional details regarding Mr. Panikassery’s compensation in connection with his services as a director, please see below. As noted above, Mr. Panikassery ceased serving as our Chief Executive Officer in February 2025.
The USD 565,278 also includes payments made to Mr. Panikassery from June 1, 2024 to January 30, 2025, amounting to AED 1,476,653 equivalent to U.S. dollars of 402,084 converted using a currency conversion rate of 3.67 AED per USD.
For 2024, for Mr. Panikassery, the U.S. dollar amount shown in the “Salary” column, totaling USD 423,705, includes payments made to Mr. Panikassery from April 1, 2023 to November 5, 2023, amounting to INR 13,437,495 equivalent to U.S. dollars of 161,898 converted using a currency conversion rate of INR 83 per USD, and from November 6, 2023 to March 31, 2024 amounting to USD 261,807.
For 2024, for Mr. Nambiar, the U.S. dollar amount shown in the “Salary” column, totaling USD 191,257, includes payments made to Mr. Nambiar from April 1, 2023 to November 5, 2023, amounting to INR 5,782,303 equivalent to U.S. dollars of 69,666 converted using a currency conversion rate of INR 83 per USD, and from November 6, 2023 to March 31, 2024 amounting to USD 121,591.
As part of the Company’s efforts to optimize costs and enhance profitability, on December 1, 2024, the Board, based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved a temporary reduction in base compensation for Messrs. Khare, Panikassery and Nambiar equal to 20%, 29% and 17%, respectively, effective from December 1, 2024 to April 1, 2025.
| (2) | The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant fair value of restricted stock unit awards (“RSUs”) granted to each named executive officer in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value. | |
| (3) | The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant fair value of option awards granted to the named executive officer in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value. | |
| (4) | The amounts in this column for fiscal year 2025 represent (i) $13,979 for Mr. Khare and $15,133 for Mr. Webb in matching contributions under our 401(k) plan;(ii) $911 for Mr. Khare, $125 for Mr. Panikassery, $0 for Mr. Webb and $0 for Mr. Nambiar in life insurance premiums; (iii) for Mr. Khare, $241,873 for gross up amounts reimbursed to Mr. Khare for payment of taxes; (iv) $147,594 for housing and related expenses incurred by Mr. Panikassery in connection with his duties in the United Arab Emirates (such amounts converted from United Arab Emirates dirham to U.S. dollars using a spot exchange rate on March 31, 2025); and (v) $17,036 as compensation paid to Mr. Panikassery in full and final settlement of his employee agreement. The value of the foregoing amounts was determined based on the actual cost of such benefits to the Company. | |
| (5) | The U.S. dollar amount shown in the “All other compensation” column, totaling USD 2,108, includes payments made to Mr. Panikassery for the fiscal year 2024, amounting to INR 175,000 converted using a currency conversion rate of INR 83 per USD. | |
| (6) | The amount represents a one-time relocation allowance provided to Mr. Nambiar to relocate from India to the United States. |
75
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Annual Base Salary
The compensation of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved by the compensation committee and board of directors. The base salaries paid to each of the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 are listed below. Please see below for additional details regarding our named executive officers’ employment agreements.
| Name | Fiscal Year 2025 Base Salary | |||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | $ | 388,643 | ||
| Daniel S. Webb | $ | 400,000 | ||
| Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar | $ | 283,328 | ||
Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity
From time to time, our board of directors or compensation committee may approve cash bonuses for our executive officers based on certain company performance or as otherwise determined appropriate. The bonus amounts for Mr. Khare, Mr. Webb and Mr. Nambiar for the year ended March 31, 2025 was determined based on their compensation arrangements with ATG or its subsidiaries entered on March 28, 2025 effective as of February 10, 2025 and for the year ended March 31, 2024 was based on their compensation arrangements with ATG or its subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination. These arrangements for fiscal year 2025 included Mr. Khare’s employment letter which provided for annual incentive opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary; Mr. Webb’s employment letter which provided for annual incentive opportunity equal to 40% of his base salary; and Mr. Nambiar’s employment letter, which provided for an annual incentive opportunity equal to 40% of his base salary. For additional information regarding the bonus arrangements with our named executive officers for fiscal years ending March 31, 2025 and beyond, please see the sections below titled “—Executive Employment Agreements.”
After considering a number of factors, including current market challenges, and consistent with the Company’s focus on aligning management’s compensation with shareholder value creation, the Compensation Committee determined not to pay any annual cash incentives to our NEOs for fiscal year 2025.
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
Aeries’ equity-based incentive awards are designed to align the interests of our shareholders with those of our employees and consultants, including the executive officers. The board of directors and the compensation committee, as appropriate, are responsible for approving equity grants. The Company intends to attract, retain and motivate key talents working with the Company, by way of rewarding their high performance and motivate them to contribute to the overall corporate growth and profitability. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance. Aeries may grant equity awards at such times as its board of directors or compensation committee determines appropriate.
Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Aeries Technology, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan became effective. The board of directors of the Company approved the Plan on March 11, 2023, subject to approval by the shareholders. The Plan was approved by the Company’s shareholders on November 2, 2023 and the Plan became effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved Amendment No. 1 (the “Plan Amendment”) to the Company’s 2023 Equity Incentive Plan which was subsequently approved by the shareholders on March 27, 2025. Accordingly, the maximum number of our Class A ordinary shares that may be issued under the Plan may not exceed 11,928,287 (“New Share Reserve”) of our Class A ordinary shares which will automatically increase the New Share Reserve by 5% on an annual basis or by such number of shares that the Board may determine in its sole discretion.
76
The Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee typically grant equity awards during regularly scheduled meetings.
SEC rules require the Company to disclose the following information for stock option awards to the NEOs in the period beginning four business days before and one business day following the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 11, 2024.
| Name | Grant Date | Number of securities underly the award | Exercise
price ($/SH) | Grant date fair value of the award | Percentage change immediately following | ||||||||||||||
| 06/08/2024 | - | % | |||||||||||||||||
For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025, Messrs. Khare, Webb and Nambiar received RSU awards covering 2,471,360, 747,815 and 660,847 RSUs, respectively. The awards were vested on the grant date and were settled in February and March 2025. In addition, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025, Mr. Panikassery received a stock option covering 5,151,005 shares that was fully vested on the grant date.
For additional information regarding the equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 31, 2025, please see the section below entitled “-Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”
77
Other Compensation and Employee Benefits
For fiscal year 2025, Mr. Panikassery participated in Aeries’ employee benefit plans, including gratuity, leave encashment, health insurance (including group Mediclaim policy, group term life and personal accident policy), its Employee Provident Fund, Employee Pension Scheme, Employee State Insurance as required by Indian law and the U.S.-based NEOs participated in our medical insurance plan, on the same basis as all of our other U.S.-based employees. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to the named executive officers.
Aeries maintains a 401(k) plan that provides eligible U.S. employees, including Messrs. Khare, Webb and Nambiar, with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation up to certain Internal Revenue Code limits, which are updated annually. Aeries has the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, Aeries makes a 4% safe harbor contribution on behalf of its employees to the 401(k) plan. For fiscal year 2025, only Messrs. Khare and Webb participated in our 401(k) plan.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following illustrates outstanding equity incentive awards held by the named executive officers as of March 31, 2025. All equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 31, 2025 were fully vested.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
| Option Awards | Stock Awards | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Name (a) | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (b) |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c) |
Option Exercise Price ($) (d) |
Option Expiration Date (e) |
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (f) |
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (g) |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) (h) |
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) (i) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | 177,345 | (1) | 0 | $ | 0.12 | 30-Oct-25 | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 59,900 | (2) | 0 | $ | 0.12 | 21-July-28 | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar | 59,110 | (3) | 0 | $ | 0.12 | 30-Oct-25 | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | 59,110 | (4) | 0 | $ | 0.12 | 30-Mar-26 | 0 | $ | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amount in this column reflects the options granted on September 27, 2019 and vested on October 31, 2020 with an exercise price of $0.12 under Aeries Management Stock Option Plan, 2019, as amended. |
| (2) | The amount in this column reflects the options granted on July 22, 2022 and vested on July 22, 2023 with an exercise price of $0.12 under the Aeries Employees Stock Option Plan 2020, as amended. |
| (3) | The amount in this column reflects the options granted on September 27, 2019 and vested on October 31, 2020 with an exercise price of $0.12 under Aeries Management Stock Option Plan, 2019, as amended. |
| (4) | The amount in this column reflects the options granted on April 1, 2020 and vested on March 31, 2021 with an exercise price of $0.12 under Aeries Management Stock Option Plan, 2019, as amended. |
78
Executive Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Each of our named executive officers is party to an employment agreement, the material terms of which are summarized below.
On March 28, 2025, Aeries Solutions entered into new employment agreements with Bhisham (Ajay) Khare, Daniel S. Webb and Unnikrishnan Nambiar, superseding and replacing each officer’s original employment agreement and any related amendments, effective as of February 10, 2025. These new agreements reflect changes in their roles, responsibilities, and compensation arrangements consistent with the Company’s evolving leadership structure, and were approved by the Company’s Board and Compensation Committee. The material terms of the revised employment agreements for each of these officers are set forth below.
New Employment Agreement with Bhisham (Ajay) Khare
Under the revised Employment Agreement with Mr. Khare (the “Khare Revised Employment Agreement”), he is entitled to an annual base salary of $425,000, subject to increase at the Board’s discretion. Effective for fiscal year 2025, Mr. Khare’s annual incentive opportunity has a target equal to 100% of his base salary, with actual awards determined by the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable.
He is also eligible for future equity awards, subject to performance, continued service, and approval by the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable. Mr. Khare is further eligible to participate in welfare benefit plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans generally available to senior executive officers of the Company on terms and conditions substantially the same as such senior executive officers.
If Mr. Khare’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for “good reason” (each as defined in the Khare Revised Employment Agreement and summarized below), then Mr. Khare will be entitled to receive subject to compliance with certain post-termination obligations and the execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, a severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary, payable in equal installments over 12 months. The severance payments are in lieu of any other severance benefits Mr. Khare may be eligible for under any other Company plan or program. The Khare Revised Employment Agreement provides Aries with discretion to place Mr. Khare on “garden leave” during any required period of notice (or any part of such notice period) upon certain termination event.
The Khare Revised Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that apply during and after Mr. Khare’s employment, including a non-solicitation agreement and an agreement to not disclose confidential information for a two-year period following his termination of employment for any reason. The Khare Revised Employment Agreement also includes a non-competition agreement for a one-year period.
New Employment Agreement with Daniel S. Webb
Under the revised Employment Agreement with Mr. Webb (the “Webb Revised Employment Agreement”), Mr. Webb will serve as the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Employer, the Company and its affiliates.
Mr. Webb is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, subject to increase at the Board’s discretion. Effective for fiscal 2025, Mr. Webb’s annual incentive opportunity has a target equal to 40% of his base salary, with actual awards determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. Mr. Webb is further eligible to participate in welfare benefit plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans generally available to senior executive officers of the Company on terms and conditions substantially the same as such senior executive officers.
He is also eligible for future equity awards, subject to performance, continued service, and approval by the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable.
79
If Mr. Webb’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for “good reason” (each as defined in the Webb Revised Employment Agreement and summarized below), then Mr. Webb will be entitled to receive subject to compliance with certain post-termination obligations, including the execution of a release of claims against the Company, a severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary, payable in equal installments over 12 months. The severance payments are in lieu of any other severance benefits Mr. Webb may be eligible for under any other Company plan or program. The Webb Revised Employment Agreement provides Aries with discretion to place Mr. Webb on “garden leave” during any required period of notice (or any part of such notice period) upon certain termination event.
The Webb Revised Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that apply during and after Mr. Webb’s employment, including a non-solicitation agreement and an agreement not to disclose confidential information for a two-year period following his termination of employment for any reason. The Webb Revised Employment Agreement also includes a non-competition agreement for a one-year period.
New Employment Agreement with Unnikrishnan Nambiar
On March 28, 2025, Aeries Solutions entered into a revised Employment Agreement with Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar (the “Nambiar Employment Agreement”), which clarifies the terms of Mr. Nambiar’s annual incentive opportunity and the form and terms of the equity award which Mr. Nambiar is eligible to receive under the Plan
Under the Nambiar Employment Agreement, Mr. Nambiar is entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000, subject to increase at the Board’s discretion. Effective for fiscal 2025, Mr. Nambiar’s annual incentive opportunity has a target equal to 40% of his base salary, with actual awards determined by the Board or Compensation Committee.
He is also eligible for future equity awards, subject to performance, continued service, and approval by the Board or Compensation Committee, as applicable. Mr. Nambiar is further eligible to participate in welfare benefit plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans generally available to senior executive officers of the Company on terms and conditions substantially the same as such senior executive officers.
If Mr. Nambiar’s employment is terminated without “cause” or if he terminates his employment for “good reason” (each as defined in the Nambiar Revised Employment Agreement and summarized below), then Mr. Nambiar will be entitled to receive, subject to compliance with certain post-termination obligations, including the execution of a release of claims against the Company, a severance payment equal to 12 months of his base salary, payable in equal installments over 12 months. The severance payments are in lieu of any other severance benefits Mr. Nambiar may be eligible for under any other Company plan or program. The agreements provide Aries with discretion to place Mr. Nambiar on “garden leave” during any required period of notice (or any part of such notice period) upon certain termination event.
The Nambiar Employment Agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that apply during and after Mr. Nambiar’s employment, including an agreement to not disclose confidential information.
For purposes of the Khare Revised Employment Agreement, Webb Revised Employment Agreement and Nambiar Employment Agreement, “cause” generally means the NEO’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or the NEO’s commission of any crime involving misappropriation, embezzlement, conversion of any property (including confidential or proprietary information) or business opportunities, or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its customers or suppliers; material conduct by the NEO causing any member of the Company public disgrace or disrepute or economic harm; failure of the NEO to perform duties assigned by the Company (with certain limited exceptions and subject to a cure period); any act or knowing omission of the NEO aiding or abetting a competitor or supplier of the Company to the disadvantage or detriment of the Company; the NEO’s breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company; a material violation by the NEO of any policy of the Company applicable to the NEO that has been communicated to the NEO in writing, including gross insubordination; any attempt by the NEO to secure any personal profit (other than through his indirect ownership of equity in the Company) in connection with the business of the Company; or any other material breach by the NEO of his employment agreement or any other agreement between the NEO and the Company which is incurable or not cured to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction within ten days after written notice thereof to the NEO. In addition, for purposes of the foregoing employment agreement, “good reason” generally means (i) a material reduction in the nature or scope of the NEO’s aggregate duties and responsibilities; (ii) failure of the Company to pay or cause to paid NEO’s base salary or annual incentive, if earned, or failure of the Company to deliver the equity awards, if vested, unless agreed by the NEO.
80
Prior Employment Agreement with Mr. Panikassery
Prior to the termination of his employment as Aeries’ Chief Executive Officer effective February 10, 2025, Mr. Panikassery was party to an employment agreement with Aeries, dated June 13, 2024. Under the prior agreement, Mr. Panikassery’s initial annual salary was $650,000 and he was eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 300% of his base salary based on achieving revenue and EBIDTA goals as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, subject to employment on the last day of the applicable fiscal year. Mr. Panikassery was further eligible to reimbursement of all expenses reasonably incurred by him towards accommodation, travel, telephone, internet costs on an actual basis, for performance of his duties in the United Arab Emirates, and in accordance with Company’ policies. Effective November 30, 2024, in connection with the termination of our then-Chief Financial Officer, the Board appointed Mr. Panikassery to serve as the interim Chief Financial Officer in addition to his duties as Chief Executive Officer until Mr. Webb was subsequently appointed as new Chief Financial Officer on February 10, 2025. Effective February 10, 2025, Mr. Panikassery resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer and from all other officer positions he held in the Company and received a final compensation equal to $17,036 paid to Mr. Panikassery in full and final settlement of his employee agreement.
Director Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the compensation provided to our directors for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, excluding the executive director whose compensation has been disclosed above in the Summary Compensation Table.
| Name (a) | Fees earned or paid in cash ($) (b) | Option awards ($) (c) | Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($) (d) | Nonqualified deferred compensation earnings ($) (e) | All other compensation ($) (f) | Total ($) (g) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Venu Raman Kumar | $ | 569,007 | (1) | - | - | - | - | $ | 569,007 | |||||||||||||||
| Alok Kochhar | $ | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | $ | 50,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Biswajit Dasgupta | $ | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | $ | 50,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Nina B. Shapiro | $ | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | $ | 50,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| Ramesh Venkataraman | $ | 50,000 | - | - | - | - | $ | 50,000 | ||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Represents a temporary reduction in cash fees in connection with the Company’s efforts to optimize costs and enhance profitability. |
Aeries Director Agreements
Director Agreement with Chairman
On November 6, 2023, Aeries entered into a board of directors service agreement with Mr. Kumar (the “Kumar Director Agreement”). Under the agreement, Mr. Kumar will serve as Chairman of Board and non-executive Chairman of the Company during his directorship. Aeries will pay Mr. Kumar an annual fee of $650,000 for director services. However, the Board on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee has agreed a temporary base reduction effective from December 1, 2024 to $462,500. Subsequently, on February 10, 2025, Aeries entered into a director agreement for an annual fee of $325,000.
Additionally, Mr. Kumar is eligible for a grant of options equal to those granted to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the Plan. Mr. Kumar agreed to confidentiality and intellectual property protection provisions as part of the agreement.
81
Director Agreements with Executive Directors
On November 6, 2023, Aeries entered into a board of directors service agreement with Mr. Webb (an “Executive Director”). Under the agreement, Aeries will pay the Executive Director an annual fee of $1 for director services. The Executive Director agreed to confidentiality and intellectual property protection provisions as part of the agreement. Finally, the agreement also provided Mr. Webb with indemnification against any liability incurred in the performance of his services as a member of Company’ Board to the fullest extent authorized in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as well as director’s and officer’s liability insurance. Subsequently on February 10, 2025, he stepped down as a member of the board of directors. In connection with his resignation from the Board, Mr. Webb’s Board of Directors Agreement terminated and he did not receive compensation for his services as a director in fiscal 2025. Descriptions of Mr. Webb’s total compensation can be found under “Executive Compensation” above.
Mr. Panikassery was previously party to a Board of Directors Agreement with the Company effective in 2023. The agreement provided for an annual fee of $1 as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with the NEO’s services as a director of the Company’s Board. The agreement also provided him with indemnification against any liability incurred in the performance of his services as a member of the Company’s Board to the fullest extent authorized in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as well as director’s and officer’s liability insurance. Finally, the agreement contained nondisclosure provisions in favor of the Company. On February 10, 2025, consequent to his stepping down as the CEO of Aeries, the Board appointed Mr. Sudhir Panikassery as non-executive vice chairman and non-executive member of the Board of Aeries and accordingly Aeries entered into a new board of directors agreement with Mr. Panikassery, effective February 10, 2025, wherein Aeries agreed to pay him an annual fee of $300,000. He is also eligible for future equity awards. Finally, the agreement provides Mr. Panikassery with indemnification against any liability incurred in the performance of his services as a member of Company’ Board to the fullest extent authorized in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as well as director’s and officer’s liability insurance. Descriptions of Mr. Panikessary’s total compensation can be found under “Executive Compensation” above.
On February 10, 2025, Aeries entered into a board of directors agreement with Mr. Khare (an “Executive Director”). Under the agreement, Aeries will pay the Executive Director an annual cash fee of $1 for director services. The Executive Director agreed to confidentiality and intellectual property protection provisions as part of the agreement. In connection with this agreement, he did not receive any compensation for his services as a director in fiscal 2025. Descriptions of Mr. Khare’s total compensation can be found under “Executive Compensation” above.
Director Agreements with Non-Executive Directors
On November 6, 2023, Aeries entered into a director service agreement with Mr. Kochhar, Mr. Dasgupta and Ms. Shapiro (each, a “Non-Executive Director”). Under the agreement, Aeries will pay the Non-Executive Director an annual fee of $50,000 for director services. Additionally, the Non-Executive Director is eligible for a one-time grant of up to 75,000 restricted share units pursuant to the Plan as well as reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with the non-employee director’s services. The Non-Executive Director agreed to confidentiality and intellectual property protection provisions as part of the agreement. Finally, the agreement also provide the applicable non-employee director with indemnification against any liability incurred in the performance of the non-employee director’s services to the fullest extent authorized in Aeries’ amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as well as director’s and officer’s liability insurance.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.
The following table sets forth beneficial ownership of Class A ordinary shares as of June 25, 2025 by:
| ● | each person known by Aeries to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Aeries’ outstanding ordinary shares; |
| ● | each of Aeries’ current directors and named executive officers; |
| ● | all of Aeries’ current directors and executive officers as a group; and |
| ● | the Class V Shareholder. |
82
Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of options, within 60 days of June 25, 2025, the most recent practicable date prior to the date of this report. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 25, 2025 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, based on the information provided to Aeries, Aeries believes that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.
| Number of Class A ordinary shares Beneficially Owned | % of Class A ordinary shares Beneficially Owned | Number of Class V ordinary shares Beneficially Owned(1) | % of Class V ordinary shares Beneficially Owned | |||||||||||||
| Name and Address of Beneficial Owners | ||||||||||||||||
| Five percent holders: | ||||||||||||||||
| Venu Raman Kumar(2) | 28,098,530 | 58.2 | % | |||||||||||||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | 5,151,005 | 10.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Class V Shareholder | ||||||||||||||||
| Meet Atul Doshi(3) | - | - | 1 | 100 | % | |||||||||||
| Executive Officers and Directors(4) | ||||||||||||||||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | 5,151,005 | 10.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Unnikrishnan (Unni) Balakrishnan Nambiar | 414,598 | 0.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare(5) | 3,358,624 | 6.9 | % | |||||||||||||
| Daniel S. Webb | 1,083,776 | 2.3 | % | |||||||||||||
| Venu Raman Kumar(2) | 28,098,530 | 58.2 | % | |||||||||||||
| Alok Kochhar | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Biswajit Dasgupta | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Nina B. Shapiro | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Ramesh Venkataraman | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| All executive officers and directors as a group (9 individuals) | 38,106,533 | 79.2 | % | |||||||||||||
| (1) | We have a dual class ordinary share structure. As of June 25, 2025, there are 47,152,626 Class A ordinary shares and 1 Class V ordinary share outstanding. In accordance with our Memorandum and Articles of Association, such the V ordinary share has no economic rights, but has voting rights equal to (1) 1.30% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a single class (subject to a proportionate reduction in voting power in connection with the exchange by Mr. Kumar of AARK ordinary shares for Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement); provided, however, that such proportionate reduction will not affect the voting rights of the Class V ordinary share in the event of (i) a threatened or actual hostile change of control and/or (ii) the appointment and removal of a director on our board of directors, and (2) in these circumstances, including the threat of a hostile change of control of Aeries, 51% of the total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and Class V ordinary share voting together as a class. |
|
(2) |
Includes (i) 5,638,530 Class A ordinary shares held directly by Innovo Consultancy DMCC, which is wholly owned by Mr. Kumar, (ii) 21,337,000 Class A ordinary shares held directly by Mr. Kumar, and (iii) the right to acquire up to 1,123,000 Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement. The business address of Innovo Consultancy DMCC is Unit No: 1874, DMCC Business Centre, Level No 1, Jewellery & Gemplex 3, PO Box 62693, Dubai, United Arab Emirates. |
83
|
(3) |
Meet Atul Doshi is the sole beneficial owner of and has dispositive voting power of the Class V ordinary share held of record by NewGen Advisors and Consultants DWC-LLC. The Class V Shareholder is owned by a business associate of Mr. Kumar. Mr. Kumar does not have control over the Class V Shareholder, and the Class V Shareholder will not receive any compensation in connection with its ownership of the Class V ordinary share. Although the Class V Shareholder is not required by contract or otherwise to vote in a manner that is beneficial to Mr. Kumar and may vote the Class V Ordinary Share in its sole discretion, given the business relationship between the Class V Shareholder and Mr. Kumar, Mr. Kumar believes that the Class V Shareholder could protect the interests of Mr. Kumar from extraordinary events, such as a hostile takeover or board contest, prior to the exchange of all ordinary shares of AARK by Mr. Kumar. The business address of the Class V Shareholder is 707 Al Baha, Al Mankhoot, Dubai, UAE. |
| (4) |
Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the directors and officers is 60 Paya Lebar Road, #08-13 Paya Lebar Square, Singapore. |
| (5) |
Includes (i) the right to acquire up to 1,702,368 Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the applicable Exchange Agreement, of which 851,184 Class A ordinary shares are issuable pursuant to the exercise of exchange rights by the ESOP Trust, for which the reporting person is a beneficiary, and assumes distribution of the underlying shares by the Aeries Employee Stock Option Trust to Mr. Khare prior to an exchange for Class A ordinary shares, and (ii) vested restricted stock units which became 1,656,256 Class A ordinary shares as on 31 March 2025. |
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
We maintain the following equity compensation plans under which our equity securities that have been issued or are authorized for issuance to our employees and/or directors, in each case, as amended: the Aeries Management Stock Option Plan 2019, as amended (the “2019 Plan”); the Aeries Employees Stock Option Plan 2020, as amended (the “2020 Plan”); and the Aeries Technology, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”). The following table presents information about these plans as of March 31, 2025.
| Plan category | Number of (a) | Weighted-average (b)(1) | Number
of | |||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(2) | 355,465 | (3) | 0.12 | 8,048,265 | (4) | |||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | - | - | - | |||||||||
| Total | 355,465 | 0.12 | 8,048,265 | |||||||||
| (1) | Does not include shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price and are included in column (a). |
| (2) | Includes the 2019 Plan, the 2020 Plan and the 2023 Plan. The 2023 Plan provides that the share reserve will automatically increase on January 1st of each year, for a period of not more than 9 years, commencing on January 1, 2025 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2033, by the lesser of (a) 5% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (b) such number of shares determined by the Board in its sole discretion. |
| (3) | Includes 295,565 options under the 2019 Plan; 59,900 options under the 2020 Plan and no options under the 2023 Plan. |
| (4) | Consists of shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2023 Plan. |
84
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
The Company has adopted a related person transactions policy effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The policy provides that executive officers, directors, nominees for directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of the Company’s voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with the Company without the prior consent of the audit committee, Any request for the Company to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for director, significant shareholder, or any of their immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds or is expected to exceed $120,000, must first be presented to the audit committee for review, consideration, and approval. In approving or rejecting the proposed transactions, the audit committee will take into account all of the relevant facts and circumstances available.
Aeries Related Party Transactions
This section does not include any equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other similar arrangements, which are described under “Executive Compensation.”
Agreements and Transactions with Entities owned or controlled by, or related to, the Majority Shareholder
Mr. Kumar, our majority shareholder and Chairman of the Board and the son of Mr. Kumar, Mr. Vaibhav Rao, are principal shareholders or otherwise control the following entities, amongst others.
| ● | Aeries Technology Products and Strategies Private Limited (“ATPSPL”); |
| ● | Ralak Consulting LLP; |
| ● | Aark II Pte Ltd (“Aark II”); |
| ● | TSLC Pte Ltd (“TSLC”); |
| ● | Innovo Consultancy DMCC; |
The following entities are related parties to Mr. Kumar:
| ● | Aeries Financial Technologies Private Ltd (“AFT”); | |
| ● | Sqrrl Fintech Private Limited (“Sqrrl”); | |
| ● | Bhanix Finance and Investment Ltd; |
These entities have transactions or agreements with the Company and its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the “group,” as discussed below.
Intercompany Deposits to ATPSPL and AFT
In the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the group has provided intercompany deposits (“ICDs”) in one or more tranches to ATPSPL and AFT to meet its working capital requirements. The ICDs have a term of three years from the date of disbursement of the ICDs with an interest rate ranging between 12 to 13% per annum payable by ATPSPL and an interest rate ranging between 15% to 17% payable by AFT to the group. The total outstanding balances of the ICDs were $231and $663 for the period ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
85
Intercompany Deposits from ATPSPL and Sqrrl
In the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the group has received ICDs in one or more tranches from ATPSPL and Sqrrl to meet its working capital requirements. The ICDs from ATPSPL have a term of three years from the date of disbursement of the ICDs with an interest rate ranging between 12 to 13% per annum payable to ATPSPL by the group. The ICDs from Sqrrl have a term of 3 month from the date of disbursement of the ICDs with an interest rate of 17% per annum payable to Sqrrl by the group. The outstanding balance of the ICDs was $111 and $498 for the period ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Loan from Mr. Vaibhav Rao
The group has received a loan in one or more tranches from Mr. Vaibhav Rao to meet its business requirements. The loan carries an interest rate of 10% per annum payable to Mr. Vaibhav Rao by the group. The outstanding balances of the loan were $812 and $834 for the periods ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Management Consultancy Services provided to Aark II and TSLC
In the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, ATG has provided management consulting services to Aark II under a Master Services Agreement (“MSA”), dated June 21, 2021 and to TSLC under another MSA dated July 12, 2021, in the aggregate amount of $2,861 and $3,294, respectively. The MSAs provided for management consulting services in the areas of Finance and Accounts, Business Application support and IT support. The MSAs include an auto-renewal term and continue until either party decides to terminate them as per the terms of the respective MSAs. The outstanding balances of the accounts receivables as of March 31, 2025 were $439 for Aark II and $101 for TSLC, and as of March 31, 2024 were $629 for Aark II and $128 for TSLC.
Consulting Agreement with Ralak Consulting LLP
ATG entered into a Consultancy Service Agreement with Ralak Consulting LLP on April 1, 2022 to avail of consulting services from Ralak Consulting LLP, including implementation services in business restructuring, risk management, feasibility studies, and mergers and acquisitions. The aggregate amount of the advisory services received during the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was $305 and $424 each.
Cost Sharing Arrangements with AFT and Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited
For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the group entered into cost sharing arrangements with Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited and Bhanix Finance and Investment Limited under separate facility Agreements, each dated April 1, 2020, in the aggregate amount of $297 and $303 million, respectively. The cost sharing arrangements include services in the areas of office management, IT and operations. The agreements have a 36-month term with automatic renewals after the original term.
Investments
The group invested in 349,173 Series-A Cumulative Redeemable Preference Securities (“Series-A RPS”) of AFT on October 29, 2018. The Series-A RPS carry a cumulative dividend rate of 0.001% per year and can be redeemed one day before the expiry of 20 years from the date of the allotment of the Series-A RPS by AFT. The carrying value of this investment as on March 31, 2025 was $1,008.
The group invested in 4,500,000 Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares (“CRPS”) of ATPSPL. The CRPS carry a cumulative dividend of 10% per annum. 3,500,000 CRPS can be redeemed any time before 19 years form the date of issue i.e., June 27, 2017 by giving a 30-day redemption request and 1,000,000 CRPS can be redeemed any time before 20 year from the date of issue i.e. April 6, 2016 by giving a 30-day redemption request. The carrying value of this investment as of March 31, 2025 was $822.
86
Corporate Guarantee provided to Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited
The group had an outstanding guarantee of approximately $2.4 million as on March 31, 2023, which pertained to a fund-based and non-fund based revolving credit facility availed by an affiliate, Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited, from Kotak Mahindra Bank. The corporate guarantee required the group to make payment in the event the borrower fails to perform any of its obligations under the credit facilities. The said guarantee was terminated on June 1, 2023.
Private Placement in Connection with the Business Combination
As part of the Business Combination and upon the closing, 5,638,530 of our newly issued Class A ordinary shares were issued to Innovo Consultancy DMCC, a company incorporated in Dubai, UAE and controlled by Mr. Kumar.
Exchange Agreements
On the Closing Date, Aeries entered into exchange agreements with Mr. Kumar and the Other ATG Shareholders, respectively. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, prior to April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, each holder of AARK ordinary shares and ATG ordinary shares may exchange up to 20% of the number of AARK ordinary shares and ATG ordinary shares, as applicable, held by such holder for Class A ordinary shares or cash, in each case as provided in the Exchange Agreements. From and after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, Aeries shall have the right to acquire all of the AARK or ATG ordinary share for Class A ordinary shares or cash. In addition, after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise condition, each shareholder of AARK and ATG ordinary shares shall have the right to require Aeries to provide Class A ordinary shares or cash in exchange for up to all of the AARK or ATG ordinary shares. Each share of AARK may be exchanged for 2,246 Class A ordinary shares and each ATG ordinary share may be exchanged for 14.40 Class A ordinary shares, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The Exchange Agreements are conditioned on satisfaction of certain conditions and regulatory approvals, including from the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”), as applicable. The cash exchange payment may only be elected in the event approval from RBI is not obtained for exchange of shares and provided that Aeries has reasonable cash flow to be able to pay the cash exchange payment and such payment would not be prohibited by any then outstanding debt agreements or arrangements of Aeries.
Exchange of AARK Shares
On March 26, 2024, the Company determined that the exercise conditions in the Exchange Agreements with respect to Mr. Kumar and one of the Other ATG Shareholders, Bhisham Khare, had been satisfied. On April 5, 2024, Mr. Kumar exchanged an aggregate amount of 9,500 AARK ordinary shares for 21,337,000 Exchanged Shares.
Director Independence
For information required by this item with respect to director independence, please see Item 10 of this report.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
On August 11, 2024, the Audit Committee appointed MCA as the successor independent registered public accounting firm. MCA will serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to MCA for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
Audit Fees – Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by MCA in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by MCA for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 totaled $48 and $60, respectively. These amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.
87
Audit-Related Fees – Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees” above. These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay MCA for audit related fees for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
Tax Fees – Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice. We did not pay MCA for tax fees for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
All Other Fees – All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services. We did not pay MCA for other services for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
Pre-Approval Policy
Our audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).
88
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
| (a) | The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: |
| 1. | Financial Statements: See “Index to Financial Statements” at page F-1. |
| (b) | Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted for the reason that the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or that they are not required or are not applicable. |
| (c) | Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. |
89
90
| † | Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request. |
| * | Filed herewith. |
| ** | Furnished herewith. |
| + | Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because the Company does not believe it is material and is the type that the Company customarily treats as private and confidential. Redacted information is indicated by “[***]”. |
| # | Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan. |
91
Item 16. Form 10–K Summary.
Not applicable.
92
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Singapore, on the 2nd day of July, 2025.
| AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. | ||
| Date: July 2, 2025 | By: | /s/ Bhisham (Ajay) Khare |
| Name: | Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | |
| Title: |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | |
| Date: July 2, 2025 | By: | /s/ Daniel S. Webb |
| Name: | Daniel S. Webb | |
| Title: |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bhisham (Ajay) Khare, Daniel S. Webb or Venu Raman Kumar his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
| Name | Position | Date | ||
| /s/ Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | Chief Executive Officer and Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Bhisham (Ajay) Khare | ||||
| /s/ Daniel S. Webb | Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Daniel S. Webb | ||||
| /s/ Venu Raman Kumar | Chairman & Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Venu Raman Kumar | ||||
| /s/ Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery | ||||
| /s/ Alok Kochhar | Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Alok Kochhar | ||||
| /s/ Biswajit Dasgupta | Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
| Biswajit Dasgupta | ||||
| /s/ Nina B. Shapiro | Director | July 2, 2025 | ||
|
Nina B. Shapiro |
93
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Aeries Technology, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying Consolidated balance sheets of Aeries Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) / income, changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and shareholders’ equity/(deficit) and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at March 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern Uncertainty
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred operating loss during the year, has a significant working capital deficiency and accumulated deficit, and requires additional funding to meet its obligations and sustain operations. Furthermore, the Company continues to experience negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These Consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s Consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.
/s/ Manohar Chowdhry & Associates
Chartered Accountants
We are serving as the Company’s auditor since fiscal 2024
July 2, 2025
UDIN: 25228596BMOBPD2252
F-2
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024
(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
| As of March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $ |
||||||||
| Prepaid
expenses and other current assets, net of allowance of $ |
||||||||
| Total current assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Operating right-of-use assets | ||||||||
| Deferred tax assets, net | ||||||||
| Long-term investments, net of allowance of $ |
||||||||
| Other assets, net of allowance of $ |
||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY / (DEFICIT) | ||||||||
| Current liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accrued compensation and related benefits, current | ||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities, current | ||||||||
| Short-term borrowings | ||||||||
| Forward purchase agreement put option liability | ||||||||
| Other current liabilities | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| Long term debt | ||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent | ||||||||
| Derivative warrant liabilities | ||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities, net | ||||||||
| Other liabilities | ||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) | ||||||||
| Redeemable noncontrolling interest | ( |
) | ||||||
| Shareholders’ equity / (deficit) | ||||||||
| Preference shares, $ par value; shares authorized; issued or outstanding | ||||||||
| Class A ordinary shares, $ par value; shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025; shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| Class V ordinary shares, $ par value; share authorized; share issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025; share issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| Net shareholders’ investment and additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Less: Common Stock held in treasury at cost; shares as on March 31, 2025 and shares as on March 31, 2024 | ( |
) | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Total Aeries Technology, Inc. shareholders’ deficit | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
| Noncontrolling interest | ( |
) | ||||||
| Total shareholders’ deficit | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and shareholders’ deficit | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cost of revenue | ||||||||
| Gross profit | ||||||||
| Operating expenses | ||||||||
| Selling, general & administrative expenses | ||||||||
| Total operating expenses | ||||||||
| (Loss) / income from operations | ( |
) | ||||||
| Other income / (expense) | ||||||||
| Change in fair value forward purchase agreement put option liability | ||||||||
| Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities | ||||||||
| Gain on settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability | ||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||
| Interest expense | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Other (expense) / income, net | ||||||||
| Total other income / (expense), net | ||||||||
| (Loss) / income before income taxes | ( |
) | ||||||
| Income tax benefit / (expense) | ( |
) | ||||||
| Net (loss) / income | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Net (loss) / income attributable to noncontrolling interests | ( |
) | ||||||
| Net (loss) / income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests | ( |
) | ||||||
| Net (loss) / income attributable to Aeries Technology Inc. | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares, basic and diluted(1) | ||||||||
| Basic and diluted net (loss) / income per Class A ordinary share(1) | $ | ) | $ | |||||
| (1) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) / INCOME
For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands of United States dollars, except share and per share amounts)
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net (loss) / income | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Other comprehensive loss, net of tax | ||||||||
| Foreign currency translation adjustments | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Unrecognized actuarial (loss) / gain on defined employee benefit plan obligations | ( |
) | ||||||
| Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Comprehensive (loss) / income, net of tax | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Comprehensive (loss) / income attributable to noncontrolling interests | ( |
) | ||||||
| Comprehensive (loss) / income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests | ( |
) | ||||||
| Total comprehensive (loss) / income attributable to Aeries Technology, Inc. | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE
NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY / (DEFICIT)
For the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
(in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts)
| Redeemable noncontrolling |
Ordinary
Shares Class A |
Ordinary
Shares Class V |
Ordinary Shares Treasury Shares |
|
Net shareholders’ investment and additional paid-in |
(Accumulated
deficit) retained |
Accumulated
other comprehensive |
Total
Aeries Technology, Inc. shareholders’ equity |
Noncontrolling |
Total Shareholders’ equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| interest | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | capital | Earnings | loss | (deficit) | interest | (deficit) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as at April 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss for the period prior to share exchange | - | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss for the period prior to share exchange | - | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class A ordinary shares with respect to share exchange agreement | - | - | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Class A ordinary shares in connection with private placement | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of accounts payable through issuance of Class A ordinary shares | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock based compensation | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net (loss) / income for the period post share exchange | ( |
) | - | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss for the period post share exchange | ( |
) | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability through issuance of Class A ordinary shares | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reversal of additional bonus shares issued* | ( |
) | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Purchase of Treasury Stock | ( |
) | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as at March 31, 2025 | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| * |
| Redeemable noncontrolling | Ordinary
Shares |
Ordinary
Shares Class V |
Net shareholders’ investment and additional paid-in |
(Accumulated
deficit) retained |
Accumulated
other comprehensive |
Total
Aeries Technology, Inc. shareholders’ equity |
Noncontrolling | Total shareholders’ equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| interest | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | capital | Earnings | loss | (deficit) | interest | (deficit) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as at April 1, 2023 | $ | - | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Transition period adjustment pursuant to ASC 326, net of tax | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted Balance as of April 1, 2023 | - | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net changes in net stockholders’ investment | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share in Pre-Merger net income | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Share in Pre-Merger other comprehensive income | - | - | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Impact of reverse recapitalization (Refer note 1) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlement of accounts payable through issuance of shares | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income for the period post Business Combination upto redeemable noncontrolling interest reclass | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss post Business Combination upto redeemable noncontrolling interest reclass | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reclassification of redeemable noncontrolling interest to noncontrolling interest | ( | ) | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income for the period post Business Combination post redeemable noncontrolling interest reclass | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss post Business Combination post redeemable noncontrolling interest reclass | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Reclassification of negative additional paid-in capital | - | - | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance as at March 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | $ | $ | ( |
) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024
(in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts)
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
| Net (loss) / income | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | ||||||||
| Impairment Loss | ||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | ||||||||
| Deferred tax benefit | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Accrued income from long-term investments | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Provision for expected credit loss | ||||||||
| Gain on lease termination | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Profit on sale of property and equipment | ||||||||
| Sundry balances written back | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Change in fair value of forward purchase agreement put option liability | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Change in fair value of derivative warrant liabilities | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Gain on settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability | ( |
) | ||||||
| Loss on issuance of shares against accounts payable | ||||||||
| Unrealized exchange gain | ( |
) | ||||||
| Sundry balances written off | ||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ( |
) | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Operating right-of-use assets | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Other assets | ( |
) | ||||||
| Accounts payable | ( |
) | ||||||
| Accrued compensation and related benefits, current | ( |
) | ||||||
| Other current liabilities | ( |
) | ||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | ||||||||
| Other liabilities | ||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
| Acquisition of property and equipment | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Sale of property and equipment | ||||||||
| Issuance of loans to affiliates | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Payments received for loans to affiliates | ||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
| Net proceeds from short term borrowings | ( |
) | ||||||
| Payment of promissory note liability | ( |
) | ||||||
| Payment of insurance financing liability | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Proceeds from long-term debt | ||||||||
| Repayment of long-term debt | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Payment of finance lease obligations | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Payment of deferred transaction costs | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Net changes in net shareholders’ investment | ( |
) | ||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Class A ordinary shares and forward purchase agreements in connection with Business Combination, net | |
|||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of Class A ordinary shares, net of issuance cost | ||||||||
| Payment for purchase of treasury shares | ( |
) | ||||||
| Net cash provided by financing activities | ||||||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | ( |
) | ||||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental cash flow disclosure: | ||||||||
| Cash paid for interest | $ | $ | ||||||
| Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds | $ | $ | ||||||
| Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: | ||||||||
| Unpaid deferred transaction costs included in accounts payable and other current liabilities | $ | $ | ||||||
| Equipment acquired under finance lease obligations | $ | $ | ||||||
| Property and equipment purchase included in accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Settlement of accounts payable through issuance of Class A ordinary shares to vendors | $ | $ | ||||||
| Assumption of net liabilities from Business Combination | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
AERIES TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands of United States dollars except share and per share amounts)
Note 1 - Nature of Operations
Unless the context otherwise requires, Aeries Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries, excluding the fintech and investing business activities, is herein referred to as the “Company”, “ATI”, the “registrant”, “us,” “we” and “our” in these consolidated financial statements. Aark Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company limited by shares (“AARK”) and its subsidiaries, excluding the fintech and investing business activities, is herein referred to as the “Carve-out Entity”. The Company is a global provider of professional and management services and technology consulting, specializing in the establishment and management of dedicated delivery centers known as “Global Capability Centers” (“GCCs”) for portfolio companies of private equity firms and mid-market enterprises. Our engagement models are designed to provide a mix of deep vertical specialty, functional expertise, and digital systems and solutions to scale, optimize and transform a client’s business operations. The Company has subsidiaries in India, Mexico, Singapore, and the United States.
Business Combination
On March 11, 2023, the Company (formerly Worldwide Webb Acquisition Corp. (“WWAC”)) entered into a Business Combination Agreement (as amended, the “Merger Agreement”) with WWAC Amalgamation Sub Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company limited by shares and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WWAC (“Amalgamation Sub”), and AARK. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Amalgamation Sub and AARK amalgamated and continued as one company, with AARK being the surviving entity, and as a result thereof, Aeries Technology Group Business Accelerators Pvt. Ltd. (“ATGBA”), an Indian private company limited by shares became an indirect subsidiary of WWAC (the “Amalgamation” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). Following the closing of the Business Combination, WWAC changed its corporate name to Aeries Technology, Inc.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, all AARK ordinary shares that were issued and outstanding prior to the effective time of the Amalgamation remained issued and outstanding following the Amalgamation and continued to be held by the former sole shareholder of AARK. The Company issued a Class V ordinary share to NewGen Advisors and Consultants DWC-LLC (“NewGen”). NewGen is a business associate of Mr. Raman Kumar (the “Former AARK Sole Shareholder”). NewGen has agreed to hold the Class V ordinary share to protect the interest of the Former AARK Sole Shareholder, in the event of certain extraordinary events as described in ATI’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, including a hostile takeover or the appointment or removal of directors at ATI level. While the Class V ordinary share does not carry any direct economic rights, it does carry voting rights equal to 1.3% which will ratchet up to 51% voting rights upon occurrence of the extraordinary events : (i) a threatened or actual hostile change of control and/or (ii) the appointment and removal of a director on our board of directors. All of the shares of Amalgamation Sub that were issued and outstanding as of the transaction date were converted into a number of newly issued AARK ordinary shares. In accordance with principles of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) and based on the economic interest held by the shareholders post the transaction as well as the underlying rights, it was assessed that AARK is the accounting acquirer and WWAC is the accounting acquiree. The Business Combination closed on November 6, 2023 (“Closing Date”) and resulted in ATI owning
F-8
Reverse Recapitalization
As mentioned above – Business Combination, the Business Combination was closed on November 6, 2023 and has been accounted for as a reverse recapitalization because AARK has been determined to be the accounting acquirer under ASC 805 based on the evaluation of the following facts and circumstances taken into consideration:
| ● | The Former AARK Sole Shareholder, who controlled AARK prior to the Business Combination, will retain a majority of the outstanding shares of ATI after giving effect to the Exchange Agreements. The Exchange Agreements are further discussed in Note 16; |
| ● | AARK has the ability to elect a majority of the members of ATI’s governing body; |
| ● | AARK’s executive team makes up the executive team of ATI; |
| ● | AARK represents an operating entity (group) with operating assets, revenues, and earnings significantly larger than WWAC. |
Under a reverse recapitalization, while ATI was the legal acquirer, it has been treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of pre-combination AARK issuing stock for the net assets of ATI, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of ATI have been stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination are those of pre-combination AARK and relate to the management consulting business.
Immediately following the Business Combination, there were Class A ordinary shares outstanding with a par value of $. Additionally, there were Private Placement Warrants (defined below) and Public Warrants (defined below) outstanding with a right to purchase
Upon closing of the Business Combination, the total number of ATI’s Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding was . Further, certain Class A ordinary shareholders entered into non-redemption agreements executed on November 3, 2023 and November 5, 2023, to reverse redemptions for an aggregate of 1,652,892 Class A ordinary shares while waiving their right to receive any “Bonus Shares” issued under the Merger Agreement. In connection with the closing, holders of Class A ordinary shares of ATI were redeemed at a price per share of approximately $10.69. AARK incurred approximately $
The number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination were:
| Public Shareholders (Redeemable Class A ordinary shares), including Bonus Shares(1)(7) | ||||
| Shares held by Worldwide Webb Acquisition Sponsor, LLC (the “Sponsor”) and other initial holders(2)(3) | ||||
| Shares held by Innovo Consultancy DMCC(4) | ||||
| Shares held by FPA (as defined below) Holders(5) | ||||
| Total(6) |
| (1) |
F-9
| (2) | |
| (3) | |
| (4) | |
| (5) | |
| (6) | |
| (7) |
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company’s Class A ordinary shares trade under the ticker symbol “AERT” and its public warrants (the “Public Warrants”) trade under the ticker symbol “AERTW” on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company’s Class A ordinary shares were traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “WWAC.”
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation
The Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The results for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.
There have been no changes in accounting policies during the year ended March 31, 2025, from those disclosed in the annual consolidated financial statements and related notes for the year ended March 31, 2024, except for those described below and also as described in “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements” below.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
F-10
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s consolidated financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Going Concern
In accordance with ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (“ASC 205-40”), the Company has the responsibility to evaluate whether conditions and/or events raise substantial doubt about its ability to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the going concern basis of accounting, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue in operation one year after the date these financial statements are issued and will be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Management’s evaluation does not initially take into consideration the potential mitigating effects of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.
For the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company
has reported negative operating cash flow. The shareholders’ equity as at March 31, 2025 also has a deficit of $(
In performing this evaluation, the Company identified that the following conditions that raised substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern:
| ● | For the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss of $ |
| ● | As of March 31, 2025, the Company had a
working capital deficit of $ |
F-11
| ● |
During the year ended March 31, 2025, the
Company has recognized a $ |
| ● | The Company received a
non-renewal notice from a significant customer related to its dedicated offshore operations managed by the Company, which is
expected to result in an annual revenue loss of approximately $ |
The Company has historically financed its operations and expansions primarily with cash generated from operations and the revolving credit facility from Kotak Mahindra Bank. Management expects to have sufficient cash from the operations, cash reserves and debt capacity for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future to finance our operations, our growth, expansion plans. However, this expectation assumes that the FPA liabilities will not require immediate cash settlement. If an immediate cash settlement is required for the remaining FPA liabilities, the Company may lack the necessary financial resources to sustain operations during this period.
The Company has undertaken or completed the following actions to improve its available cash balances, liquidity, and cash generated from operations:
| ● | The non-renewal of the customer contract requires a one-time buy-out payment from the customer to us of approximately $ |
| ● | On November 6, 2024, the
Company and one of the FPA holders, namely Meteora Capital Partners LP (“Meteora”), which holds
shares under its FPA, agreed to settle the liability through issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811
Class A ordinary shares to Meteora during November 2024, settling the $625 maturity consideration liability with Meteora, leaving a
remaining balance of $ |
| ● | Targeted cost cutting measures have been instituted, focusing on non-core expenses including those related to inorganic growth strategy, such as reductions in the use of outside vendors and professional services, as well as selective headcount and salary reduction, which are designed to improve our cashflow position without impacting core business operations. |
The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon, among other things, successfully executing its mitigation plan, which includes, (i) raising additional funds from existing or new credit facilities, (ii) raising equity or equity linked capital, (iii) restructuring current liabilities into equity or long-term obligations, and (iv) further reducing non-core expenses with a renewed focus on organic growth in the core geography that has been historically operated in, which is North America.
The Company is hopeful of accomplishing its objectives through these measures in the anticipated time frame and also expects that the funds available through the above-mentioned arrangements will be sufficient to alleviate the doubts about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. However, there is no guarantee of the success of these efforts. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recovery of the recorded assets or the classification of the liabilities that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
F-12
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, allowance for credit losses, stock-based compensation, fair valuation of FPA put option liabilities and private warrant liabilities, useful lives of property and equipment, impairment loss, accounting for income taxes, determination of incremental borrowing rates used for operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets, obligations related to employee benefits and carve-out of financial statements, including the allocation of assets, liabilities and expenses. Management believes that the estimates and judgments upon which it relies, are reasonable based upon information available to the Company at the time that these estimates and judgments were made. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Segment Reporting
The Company operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for the purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources.
Forward Purchase Agreement
On November 3, 2023, and November 5, 2023, WWAC entered into Forward Purchase Agreements with Sandia Investment Management LP (“Sandia”), Sea Otter Trading, LLC, YA II PN, Ltd and Meteora Capital Partners, LP (collectively known as “FPA holders”) for an over-the-counter (OTC) Equity Prepaid Forward Transaction. A Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) was also executed alongside the FPA for subscription of the underlying FPA shares by the FPA holders either through a new issuance or purchase of shares from existing holders (“Recycled Shares”). The FPAs and Subscription Agreements have been accounted for separately as discussed subsequently.
On November 6, 2024, the Company reached an agreement with one of its FPA holders, Meteora Capital Partners LP (“Meteora”), which holds shares under its FPA, to settle the outstanding maturity consideration liability through the issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora in November 2024. The issuance of the shares has been conducted in reliance on an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, on the basis that Meteora is an accredited investor and the Company did not engage in any general solicitation in connection with such offer and sale.
On November 6, 2024 the maturity consideration for the FPA became due. The agreement with Sandia was extended to January 5, 2025. The maturity consideration was fulfilled with Meteora through shares. The remaining FPA holders have requested cash for their shares. Some of their shares have been sold in the open market which reduces the amount owed.
Derivative Financial Instruments and FPA Put Option Liability
The Company accounts for the Warrants (defined below) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Instruments (as defined below) do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. The Company accounts for the FPA put option liability as a financial liability in accordance with the guidance in ASC 480-10. Warrants and FPA are collectively referred as the “Instruments”. The Instruments are subjected to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. See Note 17 for further discussion of the pertinent terms of the Warrants and Note 20 for further discussion of the methodology used to determine the value of the Warrants and FPA.
F-13
In December 2023, the Company settled vendor balances mounting to $ owed to certain vendors by issuing Class A ordinary shares. If the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Class A ordinary shares over the three trading days immediately preceding the agreement date is higher than the VWAP over the three trading days immediately preceding the six-month anniversary from the agreement date, additional Class A ordinary shares of ATI would need to be issued for the difference. This represents a derivative financial instrument written by the Company which has been accounted for in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 including subsequent re-measurement at fair value with the changes being recognized in Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
| ● | For derivative financial instruments that are accounted for as liabilities, the derivative instrument is initially recorded at its fair value at inception and is then re-valued at each reporting date, with changes in the fair value reported in the statements of operations. The classification of derivative instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is evaluated at the end of each reporting period. Derivative liabilities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as current or noncurrent based on whether or not net-cash settlement or conversion of the instrument could be required within 12 months of the balance sheet date. | |
| ● | The Company and one of the FPA holders, namely Meteora Capital Partners LP (“Meteora”), which holds 250,000 shares under its FPA, agreed to settle the liability through issuance of additional shares. As a result, the Company issued 57,811 Class A ordinary shares to Meteora during November 2024, settling the $625 maturity consideration liability with Meteora, leaving a remaining balance of $5,034 owed to other FPA holders, which may be settled either in cash or in equity, at the option of the investors. |
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.
Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:
Level 1 – Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Such prices may be based upon quoted prices for identical or comparable securities in active markets or inputs not quoted on active markets but corroborated by market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
F-14
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Except for the Warrants and FPA as described above, the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the consolidated balance sheets.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash consists of the Company’s cash and bank balances. The Company considers cash equivalents to be highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans to affiliates, and investments. The Company holds cash at financial institutions that the Company believes are high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one bank and conducts ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of the banks with which it does business. As of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, there were two and one customer that represented 10% or greater of the Company’s accounts receivable balance, respectively. The Company expects limited credit risk arising from its long-term investments as these primarily entail investments in the Company’s affiliates that have a credit rating that is above the minimum allowable credit rating defined in the Company’s investment policy. As a part of its risk management process, the Company limits its credit risk with respect to long-term investments by performing periodic evaluations of the credit standing of counterparties to its investments.
In respect of the Company’s revenue, there
were two customers that each accounted for more than
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Customer 1 | % | % | ||||||
| Customer 2 | % | % | ||||||
Accounts receivable, net
The Company records a receivable when an unconditional right to consideration exists, such that only the passage of time is required before payment of consideration is due. Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. If revenue recognized on a contract exceeds the billings, then the Company records an unbilled receivable for that excess amount, which is included as part of accounts receivable, net in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Under ASC Topic 326, accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowance for credit losses. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses based on a combination of factors. In establishing any required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted for current market conditions, the current receivables aging, current payment terms and expectations of forward-looking loss estimates. Allowance for credit losses was $
F-15
The following tables provides details of the Company’s allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Opening balance as of April 1 | $ | $ | ||||||
| Transition period adjustment on accounts receivables (through retained earnings) pursuant to ASC 326 | ||||||||
| Adjusted balance as of April 1 | $ | $ | ||||||
| Additions charged to cost and expense | ||||||||
| Write-off charged against the allowance | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Closing balance as of March 31 | $ | $ | ||||||
Long-Term Investments
The Company’s long-term investments consist of debt and non-marketable equity investments in privately held companies in which the Company does not have a controlling interest or significant influence, which have maturities in excess of one year and the Company does not intend to sell.
Debt investments of mandatorily redeemable preference shares, which are classified as held-to-maturity since the Company has the intent and contractual ability to hold these securities to maturity. These investments are reported at amortized cost and are subject to an ongoing impairment evaluation. Income from these investments is recorded in “Interest income” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Under ASC Topic 326, expected credit losses are recorded and reduced from the amortized cost of the held-to-maturity securities. Expected credit losses for long-term investments are calculated using a probability of default method. Credit losses are recorded within “Selling, general & administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations when an event or circumstance indicates a decline in value has occurred. Allowance for credit losses was $
The following tables provides details of the Company’s allowance for credit losses on long-term investments:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Opening balance as of April 1 | $ | $ | ||||||
| Transition period adjustment on long term investments (through retained earnings) pursuant to ASC 326 | ||||||||
| Adjusted balance as of April 1 | $ | $ | ||||||
| Change in provision for credit losses | ( |
) | ||||||
| Closing balance as of March 31 | $ | $ | ||||||
The Company includes these long-term investments in “Long-term investments” on the consolidated balance sheets.
Revenue Recognition
The Company determines revenue recognition through the application of the following five step model in accordance with ASC 606: (1) identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer; (2) identification of the performance obligations in a contract; (3) determination of the transaction price; (4) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognition of revenue when, or as, performance obligations are satisfied.
F-16
Nature of Services
The Company derives revenues from contracts for management consultancy services, which entail providing customized and integrated advisory and operational management services, each of which constitute a separate performance obligation. These contracts have different terms based on the scope, performance obligations and complexity of the engagement, which frequently requires the Company to make judgments and estimates in recognizing revenues.
The Company’s advisory services entail the provision of strategic consulting services at the onset and during the contractual term and are billed on a time-and materials basis. Operational management services entail provision of tailored offshoring services in respect of customers’ business operations and are billed on a cost-plus basis. Revenue on time and material arrangements is recognized based on the actual hours performed at the contracted billable rates for services provided, plus costs incurred on behalf of the customer. Revenue on cost-plus arrangements is recognized to the extent of costs incurred, plus the contractually agreed-upon margin earned. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over time and since contractual billings correspond with the value provided to a customer, the Company recognizes revenue in the amount of consideration for which it has the right to invoice using the as-invoiced practical expedient. If there is an uncertainty about the receipt of payment for the services, revenue is recognized to the extent that a significant reversal of revenue would not be probable. We do not have any significant extended payment terms, as payment is received shortly after services are provided.
Revenue from fixed price contracts is recognized over the period of time, using hours incurred to date relative to total hours estimated at completion to measure progress towards satisfying our performance obligations. Hours incurred to date represents work performed which corresponds with and thereby best depicts, the transfer to control to the client
If there is an uncertainty about the receipt of payment for the services, revenue recognition is deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. The Company applies a practical expedient and does not assess the existence of a significant financing component if the period between transfer of the service to a customer and when the customer pays for that service is one year or less.
All revenues earned from contracts are presented net of discounts, allowances, and applicable taxes. Reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses received from customers have been included as part of revenues.
Unbilled Receivables
Unbilled receivables represent balances recognized as revenue that have not been billed to the customer.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel-related costs directly associated with the Company’s professional services, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, the costs of contracted third-party partners, travel expenses, depreciation related to the Company’s infrastructure and equipment dedicated for customer use, and other overhead.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation for executive management, sales and marketing employees, advertising costs, finance administration and human resources, facility costs, personnel-related expenses directly associated with the Company’s IT staff, bad debt expenses, professional service fees, depreciation, and other general overhead costs to support the Company’s operations.
F-17
Deferred Transaction Costs
Deferred transaction costs, which consist of direct
incremental legal, consulting and accounting fees related to the Business Combination, are capitalized. On November 6, 2023, $
Stock-Based Compensation
In 2020, Aeries Technology Group Business Accelerators Pvt Ltd. established a controlled trust called the Aeries Employee Stock Option Trust (“ESOP Trust”). The ESOP Trust purchased shares of Aeries Technology Group Business Accelerators Pvt Ltd. from funds borrowed from the entity. The entity’s Board of Directors recommends to the ESOP Trust certain employees, officers and key management personnel, to whom the ESOP Trust will be required to grant shares from its holdings at the exercise price. Such shares granted to employees are subject to the vesting conditions of the plans described below.
The Company measures compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. Stock-based awards include stock options with service-based and/or performance-based vesting conditions. For awards that vest based on continued service, stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For awards with performance-based vesting conditions, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method from the time it is deemed probable that the vesting condition will be met through the time the service-based vesting condition has been achieved. The Company reassesses the probability of achieving the performance condition at each reporting date.
The fair value of employee stock options are determined using the Black-Scholes Merton (“BSM”) model using various inputs, including estimates of expected volatility, term, risk-free rate, and future dividends. The Company recognizes compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the employee which is generally the option vesting term. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Fair Value of Common Stock – Given the absence of a public trading market for shares of ATGBA, the Company considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each meeting at which awards are approved. These factors include, but are not limited to, contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by an independent valuation specialist; developments in the Company’s business and stage of development; the Company’s operational and financial performance and condition; current condition of capital markets and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as sale of the Company; and the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock.
Dividend Yield – The Company bases the assumed dividend yield on its expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the expected dividend yield used is zero.
Expected Volatility – The volatility is derived from the average historical stock volatilities of a peer group of public companies that the Company considers to be comparable to its business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the share-based grants. The peer group is periodically re-evaluated to properly align to the changes and developments of the Company’s business.
Risk-free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on U.S. Treasury bonds whose maturity period is appropriate for the term of the options.
Expected Term – The Company calculates the expected term using the simplified method based on the options vesting term and contractual terms as the Company did not have sufficient relevant historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior.
F-18
Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The Company nets the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities from temporary differences arising from a particular tax-paying component of the Company within the same tax jurisdiction and presents the net asset or liability as long term. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. We have elected to account for the tax effects of the global intangible low tax Income provision as a current period expense.
The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for uncertain tax positions, the Company can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. The Company makes adjustment to these reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
The Company elects to record interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of provision for income taxes.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of changes, net of taxes, in the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments and actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, subject to review of impairment. Expenditures for replacements and improvements are capitalized, whereas the costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred. Property and equipment include assets that the Company owns and finance lease arrangements. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
| Software and computer equipment | ||
| Office equipment | ||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||
| Vehicle | ||
| Internal-use software | ||
| Leasehold improvements |
F-19
Internal Use Software Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs related
to internal use software acquired, modified, or developed related to the Company’s platform. These capitalized costs are primarily
related to salaries and other personnel costs. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once
the application development stage has been reached, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the
software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. Maintenance
and training costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company capitalized $
Software costs that are expensed are recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the consolidated statements of operations.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company measures the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amount of each asset to the future undiscounted cash flows we expect the asset to generate. If any of these assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. In addition, we periodically evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of long-lived assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of depreciation or amortization. The Company charged an impairment loss of $1,693 and $0 during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the consolidated statements of operations.
Leases
At the inception of a contract, the Company assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. The Company’s assessment is based on whether: (1) the contract involves the use of a distinct identified asset, (2) the Company obtains the right to substantially all the economic benefit from the use of the asset throughout the term of the contract, and (3) the Company has the right to direct the use of the asset.
Leases are classified as either finance leases or operating leases. A lease is classified as a finance lease if any one of the following criteria are met: (1) the lease transfers ownership of the asset by the end of the lease term, (2) the lease contains an option to purchase the asset that is reasonably certain to be exercised, (3) the lease term is for a major part of the remaining useful life of the asset or (4) the present value of the lease payments equals or exceeds substantially all of the fair value of the asset, (5) the leased asset is so specialized that the asset will have little to no value at the end of the lease term. A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not meet any one of the above criteria. Assets acquired under finance leases are recorded in property and equipment, net.
Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by landlord incentives using a discount rate based on similarly secured borrowings available to us. Lease assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by landlord incentives, plus any direct costs from executing the leases. Lease assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets used in operations. Leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost and amortized over the lesser of their expected useful life or the lease term.
F-20
Upon the adoption of ASC 842, the Company elected the package of practical expedients to not (i) reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain a lease, (ii) reassess historical lease classifications for existing leases, and (iii) reassess initial direct costs for existing leases.
The Company also elected the practical expedient to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. Accordingly, the Company shall include non-lease components with lease payments for the purpose of calculating lease assets and liabilities to the extent that they are fixed. Non-lease components that are not fixed are expensed as incurred as variable lease payments. The Company does not record leases on the consolidated balance sheet that have a term of 12 months or less at the lease commencement date.
Costs associated with operating lease assets are recognized on a straight-line basis within “Cost of revenue” and “Selling, general and administrative” expenses over the term of the lease. Finance lease assets are amortized within operating expenses on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term. The interest component of a finance lease is included in interest expense and recognized using the effective interest method over the lease term.
Commitments and Contingencies
Certain conditions may exist as of the date the consolidated financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. The Company monitors the arrangements that are subject to guarantees in order to identify if the obligor who is responsible for making the payments fails to do so. If the Company determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, then any such estimable loss would be recognized under those guarantees. The methodology used to estimate potential loss related to guarantees considers the guarantee amount and a variety of factors, which include, depending on the counterparty, latest financial position of counterparty, actual defaults, historical defaults, and other economic conditions. Management does not believe, based upon information available at this time, that these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, there is no assurance that such matters will not materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position, and results of operations or cash flows.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollars. The functional currency for the Company’s subsidiaries organized in India, Mexico and the United States are their respective local currencies. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its non-U.S. Dollar functional currency subsidiaries into U.S. Dollars using exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Amounts classified in stockholder’s equity are translated at historical exchange rates. Revenues and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Gains and losses from these translations are recognized in cumulative translation adjustment included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company remeasures monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary items denominated in foreign currency remaining unsettled at the end of the year are translated at the closing rates as of the last day of the year. Gains and losses from these remeasurements are recognized within “Other (expense) / income, net” in the consolidated statements of operations and were $(117) and $21 for the years ending March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
F-21
Employee Benefit Plan
Defined Contribution Plan: This comprises of contributions
to the employees’ provident fund for employees in India, which is a defined contribution plan set up in accordance with local labor
and tax laws and 401(k) savings and supplemental retirement plans for employees in the United States. Both the employee and the employer
make monthly contributions to the plan at a predetermined rate of the employees’ basic salary. The Company’s monthly contributions
to all of these plans are charged to the consolidated statement of operations in the year they are incurred and there are no further obligations
under these plans beyond those monthly contributions. The obligation is recognized in other, which is included in “Other current
liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company contributed $
Defined Benefit Plan: The Company provides for a gratuity obligation through a defined benefit retirement plan (the “Gratuity Plan”) covering eligible employees in India under Payments of Gratuity Act, 1972. The plan provides for lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement, death, incapacitation, or termination of employment, of an amount equivalent to 15 days (15 days / 26 days) of salary payable to the respective employee for each completed year of service, with a maximum limit prescribed per employee. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the entire gratuity plan of the Company was unfunded. The cost of providing benefits under this plan is determined based on actuarial valuation at each year end. Actuarial valuation is carried out for gratuity using the projected unit credit method. These costs primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years. The obligation is included in “Accrued compensation and related benefits, current” while the long-term portion is included in “Other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in fair value of the obligation are recorded in “Other comprehensive loss” in the consolidated statements of other comprehensive income and generally amortized over the average remaining service period of the active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.
Compensated Absences: The Company recognizes
its liabilities for compensated absences dependent on whether the obligation is attributable to employee services already rendered, relates
to rights that vest or accumulate and payment is probable and estimable. The obligation is included in “Accrued compensation and
related benefits, current” while the long-term portion is included in “Other liabilities” on the consolidated balance
sheets. The Company’s total obligation with respect to compensated absences was $
Basic net (loss) / income per share is computed by dividing (loss) / income available to ordinary shareholders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of ordinary shares and potential dilutive ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The Company has not considered the effect of the Warrants sold in its initial public offering (the “Initial Public Offering”) and private placement to purchase ordinary shares, and impact of FPA put option liability in the calculation of diluted net loss per share, since the instruments are not dilutive.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements not yet Adopted
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU2024-04, Debt-Debt with Conversions and Other Option (Subtopic 470-20): Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt Instruments, which amends ASC470-20 to clarify the requirements related to accounting for the settlement ofa debt instrument as an induced conversion. This ASU is intended to improve the relevance and consistency in application of the induced conversion guidance in Subtopic 470-20 for (a) convertible debt instruments with cash conversion features and (b) debt instruments that are not currently convertible. This ASU is effective for all entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2025,and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adopting this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
F-22
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASC 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which is intended to provide more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and amortization) included in certain expense captions presented on the consolidated statement of operations. This new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026,and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments may be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for periods after the effective date of this ASU (2) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the impact this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements and footnote disclosures.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires an annual tabular effective tax rate reconciliation disclosure including information for specified categories and jurisdiction levels, as well as, disclosure of income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state/local, and significant foreign jurisdiction. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adopting this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the updates.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company adopted ASU No. 2023-01, Leases (Topic 842): Common Control Arrangements. The FASB issued guidance clarifies the accounting for leasehold improvements associated with common control leases by requiring that leasehold improvements associated with common control leases be amortized by the lessee over the useful life of the leasehold improvements to the common control group (regardless of the lease term), as long as the lessee controls the use of the underlying asset through a lease.
Additionally, leasehold improvements associated with common control leases should be accounted for as a transfer between entities under common control through an adjustment to equity, if, and when, the lessee no longer controls the use of the underlying asset. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial position or disclosures.
Note 3 - Prepaids Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaids and other current assets consists of the following:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Advance non-income taxes[1] | $ | $ | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ||||||||
| Advance to vendors | ||||||||
| Security deposits | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
| [1] |
F-23
Note 4 - Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Software and computer equipment[1] [2] | $ | $ | ||||||
| Leasehold improvements[1] | ||||||||
| Office equipment[1] | ||||||||
| Internal-use software under development[2] | ||||||||
| Furniture and fixtures[1] | ||||||||
| Vehicles | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, gross | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accumulated depreciation and amortization[1] | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Property and equipment, net | $ | $ | ||||||
| [1] | ||
| [2] |
During the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company acquired
Property and equipment of $
During the year ended March 31, 2025 and
2024, the Company sold property and equipment for the sale proceeds of $
For the year ended March 31, 2025, and 2024
depreciation and amortization expense was $
F-24
Note 5 - Long-Term Investments
Common Stock
The Company holds
10% Cumulative Redeemable Preference Securities
The Company holds
0.001% Series-A Redeemable Preference Securities
The Company holds
A reconciliation from amortized cost basis to net carrying amount is provided below for the Company’s held-to-maturity investments:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Held-to-maturity investments, amortized cost basis (net off expected credit losses) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest earned on investments | ||||||||
| Held-to-maturity investments, net carrying amount | $ | $ | ||||||
F-25
Note 6 - Short-term borrowings
| As of March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Short-term borrowings | $ | $ | ||||||
| Current portion of vehicle loan | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
In May 2023, the Company amended its revolving
credit facility (“Amended Credit Facility”), whereby the total borrowing capacity was increased from INR
Prior to the Closing Date, WWAC modified the terms of payment owed to Shearman & Sterling LLP, a multinational law firm providing legal consultancy services to WWAC. This resulted in a reduction in the total amount owed by WWAC to Shearman & Sterling LLP from $4,800 of accounts payable to $4,000 promissory note, payable in four equal tranches. Subsequently, the promissory note was amended upon payment of $1,500, wherein the balance $2,500 was promised to be paid in two equal tranches. $2,500 owed to Shearman & Sterling LLP has been disclosed as short-term debt, as ATI has an unconditional obligation to settle it within a period of less than twelve months from March 31, 2025.
For additional information on the vehicle loan see Note 8 – Long-term debt.
F-26
Note 7 - Other Current Liabilities
Other current liabilities consists of the following:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Taxes payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Finance lease obligations, current | ||||||||
| Accrued expenses | ||||||||
| Deferred revenue | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
Note 8 - Long-term debt
Long-term debt consists of the following:
| As of March 31, |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
| Loan from the director of ATGBA | $ | $ | ||||||
| Loan from an affiliate | ||||||||
| Non-current portion of vehicle loan | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
For additional information on the loan from the director of ATGBA, Mr. Vaibhav Rao, to a subsidiary company and loan from an affiliate, see Note 13 – Related Party Transactions - point (g) and (d), respectively.
Vehicle loan
On December 7, 2022, the Company entered into a vehicle loan, secured by the vehicle, for INR 11,450 (or approximately $
On August 2, 2024, the Company entered into a vehicle loan, secured by the vehicle, for INR 8,165 (or approximately $
As of March 31, 2025, the future maturities of debt by fiscal year are as follows:
| 2026 | $ | |||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| 2030 | ||||
| Total future maturities of debt | $ |
F-27
Note 9 - Other Liabilities
Other liabilities consist of the following:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Accrued compensation and related benefits | $ | $ | ||||||
| Finance lease obligations, non-current | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
Note 10 - Revenue
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company presents and discusses revenues by customer location. The Company believes this disaggregation best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenues and cash flows are affected by industry, market and other economic factors.
The following table shows the disaggregation of the Company’s revenues by major customer location. Revenues are attributed to geographic regions based upon billed client location. Substantially all of the revenue in our North America region relates to operations in the United States.
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| North America | $ | $ | ||||||
| Asia Pacific and Other | ||||||||
| Total revenue | $ | $ | ||||||
Contract balances
Contract assets comprise amounts where the Company’s right to bill is contingent on something other than the passage of time. As of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, the Company’s contract assets were $
Contract liabilities, or deferred revenue, comprise amounts collected from the Company’s customers for revenues not yet earned and amounts which are anticipated to be recorded as revenues when services are performed. The amount of revenue recognized in the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of each period was $
As of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 the Company’s deferred revenue was $
Contract Acquisition Costs
Direct and incremental costs incurred for acquiring contracts, such as sales commissions are contract acquisition costs and thereby classified under “Other current assets” and “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are amortized over the expected duration of the relationship with customers and recorded under Selling and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
F-28
Note 11 - Employee Compensation and Benefits
The Company has employee benefit plans in the form of certain statutory and other programs covering its employees.
Defined Benefit Plan - Gratuity
The Company’s subsidiaries in India have defined benefit plans comprising of gratuity under Payments of Gratuity Act, 1972 covering eligible employees in India. The present value of the defined benefit obligations and other long-term employee benefits is determined based on actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. The rate used to discount defined benefit obligation is determined by reference to market yields at the balance sheet date on Indian government bonds for the estimated term of obligations.
Actuarial gains or losses arising on account of experience adjustment and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions are initially recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, and the unrecognized actuarial loss is amortized to the consolidated statements of operations over the average remaining service period of the active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.
The following table provides the status of the defined benefit plans and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on actuarial valuations carried out for the periods ending March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively:
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Changes in employee benefit plan obligations | ||||||||
| Projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest cost | ||||||||
| Service cost | ||||||||
| Actuarial gains | ||||||||
| Benefits paid directly by employers | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Effect of exchange rate fluctuation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Projected employee benefit plan at the end of the year | $ | $ | ||||||
| Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets | ||||||||
| Recorded in accrued compensation and related benefits, current | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Recorded in other liabilities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total project benefit obligation | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
The change in defined benefit obligation for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 is largely due to changes in actuarial assumptions pertaining to demographics and financial assumptions.
Amounts included in the accumulated other comprehensive income as of March 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net actuarial loss | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred tax | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||
F-29
Changes in “Other comprehensive loss” during the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net actuarial (loss) / gain | $ | ( |
) | $ | ( |
) | ||
| Amortization of net actuarial (loss) / gain | ||||||||
| Deferred tax benefit / (expense) | ( |
) | ||||||
| Unrecognized actuarial (loss) / gain on defined employee benefit plan obligations | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
Net defined benefit plan costs for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 include the following components:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Service costs | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest costs | ||||||||
| Amortization of net actuarial loss | ||||||||
| Net defined benefit plan costs | $ | $ | ||||||
Assumptions
The Company uses the Projected Unit Credit Method to measure liabilities and interest costs for defined benefit obligations. Under this method, accrued benefit amount is projected to calculate future expected cashflows, which is in turn discounted back at applicable discount rate assumption to arrive at present value of benefit obligation.
The rate used to discount benefit obligations (both funded and unfunded) is determined by reference to market yields on government bonds at the balance sheet date. The currency and term of the government bonds should be consistent with the currency and estimated term of the benefit obligations.
The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations of the defined benefit plans as of March 31, 2025 and 2024 are presented below:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Discount rate per annum | % | % | ||||||
| Rate of compensation increase per annum | % | % | ||||||
| Rate of employee turnover per annum | % | % | ||||||
F-30
The table below shows the expected benefit plan payments to the current employees of the plan based on the employee’s past service up to the valuation date plus employee’s future service up to the date of payment:
| Expected benefit payments during | As of March 31, 2025 |
|||
| Year 1 | ||||
| Year 2 | ||||
| Year 3 | ||||
| Year 4 | ||||
| Year 5 | ||||
| Year 6 to Year 10 | ||||
The Company’s expected benefit plan payments are based on the same assumptions that were used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations as of March 31, 2024.
Note 12 - Income Taxes
The Company’s income tax expense majorly pertains to the Indian jurisdiction. (Loss) / income before income taxes for the year ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, are as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| United States | $ | $ | ( |
) | ||||
| India | ( |
) | ||||||
| Cayman Islands | ||||||||
| UAE | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Singapore | ( |
) | ||||||
| Mexico | ||||||||
| Total | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
Provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, consisted of the following:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Current tax provision | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred tax benefit | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| Provision for Income Taxes | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
F-31
Income tax expense for the years ended March 31, 2025 and, 2024 is allocated as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (Loss) / income from operations | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Other comprehensive income | ||||||||
| Unrecognized actuarial (loss) / gain on defined employee benefit plan obligations | ( |
) | ||||||
| Total | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes, with the amount computed by applying the income tax rate for the Company to income before provision for income taxes for year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, is as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| (Loss) / income before income tax expense | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Income tax expense at tax rates applicable to the Company (i.e., 0%) | ||||||||
| Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from: | ||||||||
| Non-deductible expenses | ||||||||
| Non-taxable income | ||||||||
| Reversal of deferred tax asset / liability | ||||||||
| Valuation allowance | ||||||||
| Tax of earlier year | ||||||||
| True down / up | ( |
) | ||||||
| Loss / (income) taxed at different tax rate | ( |
) | ||||||
| Adjustments for change in rates due to different tax jurisdiction | ( |
) | ||||||
| Set off against brought forward losses | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||
| GILTI inclusion | ||||||||
| Foreign Dividends gross-up and additional employee deduction for employee hired-80JJA | ||||||||
| FTC Claim | ( |
) | ||||||
| Others | ( |
) | ||||||
| Provision for income tax | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Effective tax rate | % | % | ||||||
F-32
Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, are as follows:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| India | Singapore | USA | UAE | Mexico | India | Singapore | USA | UAE | Mexico | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Property and equipment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gratuity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trade Payables | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Compensated absences | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expenses allowed on payment basis / upon deposit of withholding taxes under section 43B / 40(a)(ia) of Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net operating losses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Finance lease | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Intangible assets under development | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for expenses | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Others | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Valuation Allowance | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| As of March 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| India | Singapore | USA | UAE | Mexico | India | Singapore | USA | UAE | Mexico | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investments | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Property and equipment | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating right-of-use assets | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unbilled Revenue | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Others | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred tax liability | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net deferred tax asset (liability) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| As of March 31, |
||||||||
| Classified as | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Deferred tax assets non-current | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities non-current | ||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||
F-33
Net operating loss
The Company has carry forward losses of $
With certain immaterial exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or other U.S. income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years prior to 2022. The Company’s subsidiaries in India are open to examination by relevant taxing authorities for tax years beginning on or after April 1, 2015. The Company regularly reviews the likelihood of additional tax assessments and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as additional information or events require.
Valuation Allowances
As of March 31, 2025, the Company maintained valuation
allowances of $2,871 for deferred tax assets that are not more likely than not to be realized, which primarily included deferred tax assets
towards Net Operating Losses (NOL) in Singapore and UAE jurisdictions. The valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets increased by
$
Unrecognized tax benefits
The Company recognizes financial statement benefit
of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more-likely-than-not sustain the position following an
audit. As of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, the Company does
The Company’s major tax jurisdictions are Singapore, India, the United States, and Mexico. Generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company’s management to evaluate tax positions taken by the Company and recognize a tax liability for any uncertain positions that more likely than not would not be sustained upon examination by the Internal Revenue System (the “IRS”) or a foreign jurisdiction taxing authority. The Company is subject to routine audits by tax authorities.
Deferred tax has not been recognized on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that is indefinitely reinvested. This amount becomes taxable upon a repatriation of assets from the subsidiary or a sale or liquidation of the subsidiary. The amount of such temporary differences totaled approximately $5,507, with an income tax impact of approximately $667 as of March 31, 2025.
Note 13 - Related Party Transactions
| Name of the related party | Relationship | |
F-34
Summary of significant transactions and balances due to and from related parties are as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cost sharing arrangements | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (b) | ||||||||
| Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited (b) | ||||||||
| Corporate guarantee commission | ||||||||
| Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited | ||||||||
| Corporate guarantee expense | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (j) | ||||||||
| Interest expense | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (d) | ||||||||
| Mr. Vaibhav Rao (g) | ||||||||
| Sqrrl Fintech Private Limited (k) | ||||||||
| Interest income | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (f), (h) | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (e), (h) | ||||||||
| Legal and professional fees paid | ||||||||
| Ralak Consulting LLP (c) | ||||||||
| Management consultancy service | ||||||||
| Aark II Pte Limited (a) | ||||||||
| TSLC Pte Limited (a) | ||||||||
| Office management and support services expense | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (i) | ||||||||
| March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Accounts payable | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (i) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accounts receivable | ||||||||
| Aark II Pte Limited (a) | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (b) | ||||||||
| Bhanix Finance And Investment Limited (b) | ||||||||
| TSLC Pte Limited (a) | ||||||||
| Interest payable (classified under other current liabilities) | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (d) | ||||||||
| Interest receivable (classified under prepaid expenses and other current assets) | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (e) | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (f) | ||||||||
| Investment in 0.001% Series-A Redeemable preference share | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (h) | ||||||||
| Investment in 10% Cumulative redeemable preference shares | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (h) | ||||||||
| Loan from Members of immediate families of Venu Raman Kumar | ||||||||
| Mr. Vaibhav Rao (g) | ||||||||
| Loans from affiliates | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products and Strategies Private Limited (d) | ||||||||
| Loans to affiliates (classified under other assets) | ||||||||
| Aeries Financial Technologies Private Limited (f) | ||||||||
| Aeries Technology Products And Strategies Private Limited (e) | ||||||||
F-35
| (a) | |
| (b) | |
| (c) | |
| (d) | |
| (e) | |
| (f) | |
| (g) | |
| (h) | |
| (i) | |
| (j) | |
| (k) |
The Company has also executed two Exchange Agreements: (1) with AARK and Mr. Raman Kumar in his capacity as a shareholder of AARK; and (2) with ATGBA and Mr. Sudhir Appukuttan Panikassery, Mr. Ajay Khare, and Mr. Unnikrishnan Balakrishnan Nambiar, key managerial personnel of ATGBA in their capacity as shareholders of ATGBA (together referred to as “counterparties”). Under the Exchange Agreements, the counterparties would have a right to exchange the shares held by them in AARK or ATGBA into shares of ATI or cash subject to the conditions specified in the Exchange Agreement. Refer Note 16 for details. Additionally, pursuant to the Business Combination, 5,638,530 Class A ordinary shares have been issued to Innovo Consultancy DMCC, which is wholly owned by Mr. Kumar.
Note 14 - Stock-Based Compensation
Aeries Technology, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan
The board of directors of WWAC approved the Aeries Technology, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on March 11, 2023, subject to approval by WWAC’s shareholders. The Plan was approved by WWAC’s shareholders on November 2, 2023 and the Plan became effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination. The number of Class A ordinary shares authorized for issuance under the Plan is , subject to certain adjustments set forth in the Plan.
F-36
Restricted Share Unit Award
Compensation cost for stock awards, which include restricted stock units (“RSUs”), is measured at the fair value on the grant date and recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of stock awards is based on the quoted price of our Class A ordinary shares on the grant date. We measure the fair value of RSUs using fair value of our quoted stock due to grant date and vesting date being same. Compensation cost for RSUs is recognized on a straight line over vesting period.
The following table summarizes the activities for vested RSUs for the year ending March 31, 2025:
| RSUs | ||||||||
| Number of Shares |
Grant Date Fair Value |
|||||||
| Unvested as of April 1, 2024 | ||||||||
| Granted | $ | |||||||
| Vested | ( |
) | $ | |||||
| Forfeited / Canceled | ||||||||
| Unvested as of March 31, 2025 | ||||||||
Aeries Employees Stock Option Plan, 2020
On August 1, 2020, ATGBA’s board of directors approved and executed the Aeries Employees Stock Option Plan (“ESOP”), which was subsequently amended on July 22, 2022. Under ESOP, the company is authorized to grant up to options to eligible employees in one or more tranches. The company granted options to eligible employees during the year ended March 31, 2023.
The options issued under the ESOP generally are subject to service conditions. The service condition is typically one year. The stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income using the straight-line attribution method over the requisite service period.
The following table summarizes the ESOP stock option activity for the year ended March 31, 2025:
| Shares | Weighted average exercise price |
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) |
Aggregate intrinsic value |
|||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at April 1, 2024 | $ | - | $ | |||||||||||||
| Options granted | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | - | |||||||||||||||
| Options canceled, forfeited or expired | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
F-37
Aeries Management Stock Option Plan, 2019
On September 23, 2019, ATGBA’s board of directors approved and executed the Aeries Management Stock Option Plan 2019 (“MSOP”), which was subsequently amended on September 30, 2022. Under MSOP, ATGBA has authorized to grant up to options to eligible employees in one or more tranches.
The options issued under the MSOP generally are subject to both service and performance conditions. The service condition is typically one year, and the performance conditions are based on the consolidated revenue and adjusted profit before tax of ATGBA. The stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income using the straight-line attribution method over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved.
The following table summarizes the MSOP stock option activity for the year ended March 31, 2025:
| Shares | Weighted average exercise price |
Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years) |
Aggregate intrinsic value |
|||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at April 1, 2024 | $ | - | $ | |||||||||||||
| Options granted | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | - | |||||||||||||||
| Options cancelled, forfeited or expired | - | - | ||||||||||||||
| Options outstanding at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The Company uses the BSM option-pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock options on the grant date is affected by the estimated underlying share price, as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and expected dividends. The grant date fair value of the Company’s stock options granted to employees were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
| 2022 Grants |
||||
| Expected term | years | |||
| Expected volatility | % | |||
| Risk free interest rate | % | |||
| Annual dividend yield | % | |||
During the year ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $
As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, there was
F-38
Note 15 - Leases
The Company has operating and finance leases for
real estate, computer equipment, and furniture and fixtures. Assets acquired under finance leases are recorded in “Property and
equipment, net” in the carve-out consolidated balance sheets and were $
Lease cost recognized in our carve-out consolidated statements of operations is summarized as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Finance lease cost: | ||||||||
| Amortization of lease assets (Note a) | $ | |||||||
| Interest on lease liabilities (Note b) | ||||||||
| Operating lease cost (Note a) | ||||||||
| Short-term and variable lease cost (Note a) | ||||||||
| Total lease cost | $ | |||||||
| a) | ||
| b) |
Cash flows arising from lease transactions were as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: | ||||||||
| Operating cash flows from operating leases | $ | |||||||
| Operating cash flows from finance leases | $ | |||||||
| Financing cash flows from finance leases | $ | |||||||
Other information about lease amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is summarized as follows:
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term (years): | ||||||||
| Operating lease | ||||||||
| Finance lease | ||||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate: | ||||||||
| Operating lease | % | % | ||||||
| Finance lease | % | % | ||||||
F-39
As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s lease liabilities were as follows:
| Operating | Finance | Total | ||||||||||
| Gross lease liabilities | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Less: imputed interest | ||||||||||||
| Present value of lease liabilities | ||||||||||||
| Less: current portion of lease liabilities | ||||||||||||
| Total long-term lease liabilities | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Future minimum annual lease payments under the Company’s operating and finance leases as of March 31, 2025 are as follows:
| Operating | Finance | |||||||
| 2026 | $ | $ | ||||||
| 2027 | ||||||||
| 2028 | ||||||||
| 2029 | ||||||||
| 2030 | ||||||||
| Thereafter | ||||||||
| Total lease payments | $ | $ | ||||||
| Less: Imputed interest | ||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ||||||
Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies
Corporate Guarantees
The Company had an outstanding guarantee of INR
(approximately $
Indemnification obligations
In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to a variety of agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These obligations typically arise in contracts where the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants for certain matters, infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, data privacy violations, and certain tortious conduct in the course of providing services. The duration of these indemnifications varies, and in certain cases, is indefinite.
The Company is unable to reasonably estimate the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances of each agreement and the fact that certain indemnifications provide for no limitation to the maximum potential future payments under the indemnification. Management is not aware of any such matters that would have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
F-40
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company may be involved in proceedings and litigation, claims and other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings may involve highly complex issues that are subject to substantial uncertainties, and could result in damages, fines, penalties, nonmonetary sanctions, or relief. Management is not currently aware of any material pending legal proceedings, except for ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, in which we or any of our subsidiaries are involved, or where our property is subject to such proceedings.
Exchange Agreements
Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the holders of AARK ordinary shares and ATGBA ordinary shares each entered into the Exchange Agreements. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, from and after the date of the Exchange Agreements and prior to April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, each holder of AARK ordinary shares and ATGBA ordinary shares may exchange up to 20% of the number of AARK ordinary shares and ATGBA ordinary shares, as applicable, held by such holder for Class A ordinary shares of the Company or cash, in each case as provided in the Exchange Agreements. From and after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise conditions, the Company shall have the right to acquire all of the AARK or ATGBA ordinary Share for Class A ordinary shares or cash. In addition, after April 1, 2024 and subject to certain exercise condition, each shareholder of ATGBA and AARK ordinary shares shall have the right to require the Company to provide Class A ordinary shares or cash in exchange for up to all of the AARK or ATGBA ordinary share. Each share of AARK may be exchanged for 2,246 Class A ordinary shares the Company and each ATGBA ordinary share may be exchanged for 14.40 Class A ordinary shares of the Company, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The cash exchange payment may only be elected in the event approval from the Reserve Bank of India is not obtained for exchange of shares and provided that the Company has reasonable cash flow to be able to pay the cash exchange payment and such payment would not be prohibited by any then outstanding debt agreements or arrangements of the Company.
Class A ordinary shares issuance to certain vendors
As set out in the section on Derivative Financial Instruments and FPA Put Option Liability under Note 2, in December 2023, ATI settled the amounts owed to certain vendors by issuance of Class A ordinary shares. If the VWAP of the Class A ordinary shares over the three trading days immediately preceding the agreement date is higher than the VWAP over the three trading days immediately preceding the six-month anniversary from the agreement date, ATI would need to issue additional Class A ordinary shares for the difference.
This represents a derivative financial instrument, fair value of which as at March 31, 2025 has been assessed to be insignificant. Refer Note 20 for details on Fair Value Measurements.
Note 17 - Warrant Liabilities
On October 22, 2021, pursuant to
The Company accounted for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 given that certain provisions within the warrant agreement either preclude the warrants from being considered indexed to the ATI’s own stock or the fixed-for-fixed option criteria are not met. On this basis the Public and Private Placement Warrants are classified as a liability and are measured at fair value. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date. With each such re-measurement, the warrant liability will be adjusted to fair value, with the change in fair value recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
F-41
Each whole Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, for $
The Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants:
| ● | in whole and not in part; |
| ● | at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant; |
| ● | upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Warrant holder; and |
| ● | if, and only if, the last reported sales price of the Class A ordinary shares for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $ |
The Company may also redeem the outstanding Warrants:
| ● | in whole and not in part; |
| ● | at $0.10 per warrant |
| ● | upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares; |
| ● | if, and only if, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per Class A ordinary share (as adjusted); provided that if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $ |
No fractional Class A ordinary shares will be issued upon redemption. If, upon redemption, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company will round down to the nearest whole number of the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the holder.
Note 18 - Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Shareholders’ Equity / (Deficit)
The consolidated statements of changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Shareholders’ Deficit reflect the reverse recapitalization and Business Combination as mentioned in Note 1, on Business Combination, and Reverse Recapitalization. As AARK was deemed to be the acquirer in the Business Combination, all periods prior to the completion of the Business Combination reflect the balances and activity of AARK.
Preference shares
The Company is authorized to issue shares of preference shares, par value $ per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of March 31, 2025, there were shares of preference shares issued or outstanding.
F-42
Class A ordinary shares
The Company is authorized to issue Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $ per share. As of March 31, 2025, there were Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, including Class A ordinary shares subject to the FPAs. Each Class A ordinary share carries one vote and entitles the shareholders to ratable rights in dividends and distributions as well as in the event of liquidation.
Treasury Stock
As of March 31, 2025, the Company has shares of Common Stock held as treasury stock which were repurchased by the Company in order to pay tax withholding obligations on behalf of Mr. Khare, Mr. Webb and Mr. Nambiar, in connection with the vesting of RSUs. The Company records treasury stock using the cost method.
Class V ordinary shares
The Company is authorized to issue 1 Class V ordinary share with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of March 31, 2025, there was 1 Class V ordinary share issued and outstanding. The Class V share does not carry any direct economic rights in dividends and other distributions or in an event of liquidation. It does carry voting rights equal to 1.3% which will ratchet up to 51% voting rights upon occurrence of “extraordinary events” at the ATI level.
Common stock
Pre-combination AARK had only one class of ordinary shares having no par value. Holders of ordinary shares were entitled to one vote per share held. As of June 14, 2023 (immediately prior to the effective date of a stock split), there were 10 ordinary shares outstanding, and the number of ordinary shares outstanding after a stock split was . As a result of stock split, AARK’s shares were retroactively restated as if the transaction occurred at the beginning of the earliest periods presented. Consequently, as of April 1 2023 and 2022, the AARK’s ordinary shares consisted of shares, all of which were issued and fully paid. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of AARK, ordinary shareholders were entitled to receive a ratable share of the available net assets of AARK after payment of all debts and other liabilities. The ordinary shares had no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.
Equity financing
On April 8, 2024, the Company entered into a private placement transaction (the “Private Placement”), pursuant to a Share Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with an institutional accredited investor (the “Investor”) for aggregate gross proceeds of $
As of the closing of the Private Placement, the Company issued an aggregate of Class A ordinary shares at a purchase price of $ per share and reserved Class A ordinary shares in adherence to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. On July 10, 2024, the Company issued an additional shares from the previously reserved shares.
F-43
Exchange Pursuant to Exchange Agreement
Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the holders of AARK ordinary shares and ATGBA ordinary shares each entered into the Exchange Agreements. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, from the date of the Exchange Agreements and after April 1, 2024, and subject to certain exercise condition, each shareholder of AARK ordinary shares shall have the right to require the Company to provide Class A ordinary shares or cash in exchange for up to all of the AARK ordinary share. Each share of AARK may be exchanged for Class A ordinary shares the Company subject to certain adjustments.
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreements, on April 5, 2024,
Shares issued to vendors
In December 2023, ATI settled the amounts owed to certain vendors by issuance of Class A ordinary shares. If the VWAP of the Class A ordinary shares over the three trading days immediately preceding the agreement date is higher than the VWAP over the three trading days immediately preceding the six-month anniversary from the agreement date, ATI would need to issue additional Class A ordinary shares for the difference.
Pursuant to the abovementioned clause, the Company has issued in total Class A ordinary shares to the vendors on May 24, 2024.
In September 2024, the Company issued Class A ordinary shares and Class A ordinary shares, each valued on the relevant dates of the respective agreements, to two separate vendors, as compensation for their respective services.
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
As of March 31, 2025, the prior investors of AARK owns
Note 19 - Non-renewal of Customer Contract and Buyout Notice from Significant Customer
The Company received a notice, dated September 30, 2024, of non-renewal and buyout from one of its significant customers. The Company will continue to support the Customer under the existing contract until it expires on March 31, 2025. This notice also serves as a buyout notice, with a buyout price determined according to the terms and conditions of the contract.
The non-renewal is expected to reduce annual revenues by approximately $
F-44
Note 20 - Fair Value Measurements
As of March 31, 2025, the Company had financial instruments which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Significant changes in the inputs could result in a significant change in the fair value measurements. See each respective footnote for information on the assumptions used in calculating the fair value of financial instruments.
The following tables present information about the Company’s liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, including the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value.
Summary of Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
| March 31, 2025 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
| Forward Purchase Agreement put option liability | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Public Warrants | ||||||||||||||||
| Private Placement Warrants | ||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| March 31, 2024 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
| Forward Purchase Agreement put option liability | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Public Warrants | ||||||||||||||||
| Private Placement Warrants | ||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
The change in the fair value of the forward purchase agreement put option liability of $
As of the date of this Form 10-K report, the remaining balance owed to the FPA holders is $
The valuation of the forward purchase agreement put option liability was made using the following assumptions as of March 31, 2025:
| Year Ended March 31, 2025 |
||||
| Expected Term (Years) | ||||
| Risk free Interest Rate | % | |||
| Volatility | % | |||
| Stock price at measurement date | $ | |||
F-45
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2024 | |||||||
| Weighted Average Fair Value | ||||||||
| Expected Term (Years) | ||||||||
| Risk free Interest Rate | % | % | ||||||
| Volatility | % | % | ||||||
| Reference Price for one share of Class A common stock | $ | |||||||
| Probability (Weight) - No Dilutive Offering Reset / With Dilutive Offering Reset due to PIPE transaction* | % | % | ||||||
| Fair Value of Forward Purchase Agreement Put Option Liability [in thousands] | $ | |||||||
| Stock price at measurement date | $ | |||||||
| Note: |
Given that the Public Warrants have a listed price available, the Company classified them as Level 1. The Company has classified the privately placed warrants within Level 3 of the hierarchy as the fair value derived using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which uses a combination of observable (Level 2) and unobservable (Level 3) inputs. There were no transfers between fair value levels during the year ended March 31, 2025.
The valuation of the liability for the Private Placement Warrants was made using the following assumptions as of March 31, 2025:
| Term (years) | ||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | |||
| Stock price at measurement date | $ |
The following table presents a summary of the changes in the fair value of Derivative Liabilities:
| Forward Purchase Agreement Put Option Liability |
Public Warrant Liability |
Private Placement Liability |
Total | |||||||||||||
| Fair value at April 1, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Change in fair value (gain) / loss | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ( |
) | ||||||||
| Settlement of forward purchase agreement put option liability | ( |
( |
||||||||||||||
| Fair value as of March 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Based on the expected VWAP as at inception as well as March 31, 2025 it is not expected that ATI would be required to issue additional Class A ordinary shares to certain vendors. On this basis, fair value of the derivative financial instrument representing ATI’s obligation to issue additional Class A ordinary shares has been determined to be insignificant on initial recognition as well as at March 31, 2025 and accordingly the quantitative disclosures in relation to the fair value have not been provided.
F-46
Basic consolidated net loss per share (“EPS”) is calculated using the Company’s share of its subsidiaries earnings/ net loss as well as ATI stand-alone earnings/ net loss and the weighted number of shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted consolidated EPS includes the dilutive effect of vested and unvested stock options of the Company’s subsidiaries.
The Company analyzed the calculation of net loss per share for periods prior to the Business Combination on November 6, 2023 and determined that it resulted in values that would not be meaningful to the users of the consolidated financial statements, as the capital structure completely changed as a result of the Business Combination. Therefore, net loss per share information has not been presented for periods prior to the Business Combination.
The Company’s Class V ordinary share does not participate in the earnings or losses of the Company and are therefore not participating securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted net loss per Class V ordinary share under the two-class method has not been presented.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the period year ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, |
||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Net (Loss) / Income attributable to controlling interest for the period for Basic and Dilutive Earning per share (A) | $ | ( |
) | $ | ||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A ordinary shares, basic and diluted (B) | ||||||||
| (Loss) / Earning per share: | ||||||||
| Basic and Diluted (A/B) | $ | ) | $ | |||||
Note 22 - Subsequent Events
Liquidation of subsidiary
On April 9, 2025, the Company proposed to file an application with the Abu Dhabi Registrar of one of its step subsidiaries, Aeries Technology Middle East Limited (“ATME”) for the voluntary striking off of the ATME pursuant to section 867A of the Companies Regulations 2020.
Consequently, on April 15, 2025, the Registrar of companies approved the application filed and decreed that ATME’s name may be struck off of the register two months from the publication of the notice for strike off.
F-47